Keyboard Part Number List
2428 keyboards found/on record (showing page 5/10 - results 1001 to 1250)...
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
46W6741 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845CR |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8845CR ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2013 Q3 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo Or Old Lenovo logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Slovenian 234 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, known to be a part of the IBM (later Lenovo) 1U 18.5-Inch Standard Media Console Kit with feature code A51B |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: Lenovo 1U 18.5-inch Standard Media Console Product Guide (#TIPS1048) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
33L1165 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
33L1165 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KB-3923 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Chicony KB-5923 Derived Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Grey straightened-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
French |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Rebranded Chicony KB-5923 keyboard, has a three-way cable router |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700 Series and IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-18) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
4Y40U90596 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
03X7717 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KT-1255 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Precision ThinkPad TrackPoint Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. scissor-switch implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2017 Q3 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Old Lenovo logo & ThinkPad branding Or Old Lenovo logo & ThinkPad branding |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Rubberised single-setting flip-out feet |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Bluetooth |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Swiss, F/G |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
TrackPoint IV strain gauge pointing stick |
| Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc. |
Charged via Micro-B USB cable |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: Lenovo ThinkPad Compact Bluetooth Keyboard with TrackPoint (KT-1255) - Overview and Service Parts (#PD026744) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
4Y40U90588 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
03X7709 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KT-1255 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Precision ThinkPad TrackPoint Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. scissor-switch implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2017 Q3 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Old Lenovo logo & ThinkPad branding Or Old Lenovo logo & ThinkPad branding |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Rubberised single-setting flip-out feet |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Bluetooth |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
French |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
TrackPoint IV strain gauge pointing stick |
| Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc. |
Charged via Micro-B USB cable |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: Lenovo ThinkPad Compact Bluetooth Keyboard with TrackPoint (KT-1255) - Overview and Service Parts (#PD026744) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
3AA01198500 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
3AC00610300 |
| MFI NumberMFI Number A machine feature index (MFI) number (also known as a Feature Bill of Material (FBM) number, top bill, or top part number) is a number that connects a keyboard or keyboard part to a some sort of feature code system. MFI numbers remain unchanged throughout a keyboard's lifetime, and in modern use, have a one-to-many relationship to possible SMU part numbers. MFI numbers are generally only seen on packing lists and documentations, rather than on keyboards. |
7431201 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
2280 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
"Model M-e" MANPOS Keyboard |
| NicknameNickname A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy. |
M9-e |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Toshiba TEC |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type) |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2020 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Iron Grey |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
None |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
None |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 Or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
116 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
US English |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
3AA02285600 |
| MFI NumberMFI Number A machine feature index (MFI) number (also known as a Feature Bill of Material (FBM) number, top bill, or top part number) is a number that connects a keyboard or keyboard part to a some sort of feature code system. MFI numbers remain unchanged throughout a keyboard's lifetime, and in modern use, have a one-to-many relationship to possible SMU part numbers. MFI numbers are generally only seen on packing lists and documentations, rather than on keyboards. |
3AA02284000 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
"Model M-e" MANPOS Keyboard |
| NicknameNickname A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy. |
M9-e |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Toshiba TEC |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type) |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2020 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Iron Grey |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
None |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
None |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 Or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
117 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Spanish |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
POS Glide Pad & pointer/two-button Varatouch & touchpad module |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Assembled at factory model, US, LA and EMEA only |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
3AA02285500 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
3AC00985900 |
| MFI NumberMFI Number A machine feature index (MFI) number (also known as a Feature Bill of Material (FBM) number, top bill, or top part number) is a number that connects a keyboard or keyboard part to a some sort of feature code system. MFI numbers remain unchanged throughout a keyboard's lifetime, and in modern use, have a one-to-many relationship to possible SMU part numbers. MFI numbers are generally only seen on packing lists and documentations, rather than on keyboards. |
3AA02283900 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
2285 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
"Model M-e" MANPOS Keyboard |
| NicknameNickname A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy. |
M9-e |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Toshiba TEC |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type) |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2020 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
None |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
None |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 Or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
117 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Canadian French |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
3AA02285400 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
3AC00985800 |
| MFI NumberMFI Number A machine feature index (MFI) number (also known as a Feature Bill of Material (FBM) number, top bill, or top part number) is a number that connects a keyboard or keyboard part to a some sort of feature code system. MFI numbers remain unchanged throughout a keyboard's lifetime, and in modern use, have a one-to-many relationship to possible SMU part numbers. MFI numbers are generally only seen on packing lists and documentations, rather than on keyboards. |
3AA02283800 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
2283 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
"Model M-e" MANPOS Keyboard |
| NicknameNickname A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy. |
M9-e |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Toshiba TEC |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type) |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2020 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
None |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
None |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 Or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
117 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Spanish |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
3AA02285300 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
3AC00985700 |
| MFI NumberMFI Number A machine feature index (MFI) number (also known as a Feature Bill of Material (FBM) number, top bill, or top part number) is a number that connects a keyboard or keyboard part to a some sort of feature code system. MFI numbers remain unchanged throughout a keyboard's lifetime, and in modern use, have a one-to-many relationship to possible SMU part numbers. MFI numbers are generally only seen on packing lists and documentations, rather than on keyboards. |
3AA02283700 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
2281 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
"Model M-e" MANPOS Keyboard |
| NicknameNickname A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy. |
M9-e |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Toshiba TEC |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type) |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2020 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
None |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
None |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 Or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
116 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
US English |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
3AA01199100 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
3AC00610900 |
| MFI NumberMFI Number A machine feature index (MFI) number (also known as a Feature Bill of Material (FBM) number, top bill, or top part number) is a number that connects a keyboard or keyboard part to a some sort of feature code system. MFI numbers remain unchanged throughout a keyboard's lifetime, and in modern use, have a one-to-many relationship to possible SMU part numbers. MFI numbers are generally only seen on packing lists and documentations, rather than on keyboards. |
7431207 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
2292 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
"Model M-e" MANPOS Keyboard |
| NicknameNickname A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy. |
M9-e |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Toshiba TEC |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type) |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2020 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Iron Grey |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
None |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
None |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 Or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
117 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Brazilian Portuguese |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
3AA01199000 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
3AC00610800 |
| MFI NumberMFI Number A machine feature index (MFI) number (also known as a Feature Bill of Material (FBM) number, top bill, or top part number) is a number that connects a keyboard or keyboard part to a some sort of feature code system. MFI numbers remain unchanged throughout a keyboard's lifetime, and in modern use, have a one-to-many relationship to possible SMU part numbers. MFI numbers are generally only seen on packing lists and documentations, rather than on keyboards. |
7431206 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
2282 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
"Model M-e" MANPOS Keyboard |
| NicknameNickname A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy. |
M9-e |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Toshiba TEC |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type) |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2020 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Iron Grey |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
None |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
None |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 Or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
117 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Canadian French |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
3AA01198900 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
3AC00610700 |
| MFI NumberMFI Number A machine feature index (MFI) number (also known as a Feature Bill of Material (FBM) number, top bill, or top part number) is a number that connects a keyboard or keyboard part to a some sort of feature code system. MFI numbers remain unchanged throughout a keyboard's lifetime, and in modern use, have a one-to-many relationship to possible SMU part numbers. MFI numbers are generally only seen on packing lists and documentations, rather than on keyboards. |
7431205 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
2288 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
"Model M-e" MANPOS Keyboard |
| NicknameNickname A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy. |
M9-e |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Toshiba TEC |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type) |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2020 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Iron Grey |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
None |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
None |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 Or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
117 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
German |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
3AA01198800 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
3AC00610600 |
| MFI NumberMFI Number A machine feature index (MFI) number (also known as a Feature Bill of Material (FBM) number, top bill, or top part number) is a number that connects a keyboard or keyboard part to a some sort of feature code system. MFI numbers remain unchanged throughout a keyboard's lifetime, and in modern use, have a one-to-many relationship to possible SMU part numbers. MFI numbers are generally only seen on packing lists and documentations, rather than on keyboards. |
7431204 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
2286 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
"Model M-e" MANPOS Keyboard |
| NicknameNickname A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy. |
M9-e |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Toshiba TEC |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type) |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2020 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Iron Grey |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
None |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
None |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 Or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
117 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
French |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
3AA01198700 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
3AC00610500 |
| MFI NumberMFI Number A machine feature index (MFI) number (also known as a Feature Bill of Material (FBM) number, top bill, or top part number) is a number that connects a keyboard or keyboard part to a some sort of feature code system. MFI numbers remain unchanged throughout a keyboard's lifetime, and in modern use, have a one-to-many relationship to possible SMU part numbers. MFI numbers are generally only seen on packing lists and documentations, rather than on keyboards. |
7431203 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
2284 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
"Model M-e" MANPOS Keyboard |
| NicknameNickname A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy. |
M9-e |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Toshiba TEC |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type) |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2020 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Iron Grey |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
None |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
None |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 Or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
117 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
UK English |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
3AA01198600 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
3AC00610400 |
| MFI NumberMFI Number A machine feature index (MFI) number (also known as a Feature Bill of Material (FBM) number, top bill, or top part number) is a number that connects a keyboard or keyboard part to a some sort of feature code system. MFI numbers remain unchanged throughout a keyboard's lifetime, and in modern use, have a one-to-many relationship to possible SMU part numbers. MFI numbers are generally only seen on packing lists and documentations, rather than on keyboards. |
7431202 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
2290 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
"Model M-e" MANPOS Keyboard |
| NicknameNickname A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy. |
M9-e |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Toshiba TEC |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type) |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2020 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Iron Grey |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
None |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
None |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 Or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
117 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Spanish |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
UNI047A |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Model M5-2 Trackball Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Unicomp |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
IBM membrane buckling springs |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2020 |
| Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique. |
PBT with dye-sublimated legends |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Pearl White |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
None |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
White straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
101 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
US ANSI |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
25mm trackball |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
4Y40U90589 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
03X7710 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KT-1255 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Precision ThinkPad TrackPoint Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. scissor-switch implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2017 Q3 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Old Lenovo logo & ThinkPad branding Or Old Lenovo logo & ThinkPad branding |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Rubberised single-setting flip-out feet |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Bluetooth |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
German |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
TrackPoint IV strain gauge pointing stick |
| Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc. |
Charged via Micro-B USB cable |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: Lenovo ThinkPad Compact Bluetooth Keyboard with TrackPoint (KT-1255) - Overview and Service Parts (#PD026744) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
3AA01195500 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
3AC00610300 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
"Model M-e" MANPOS Keyboard |
| NicknameNickname A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy. |
M9-e |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Toshiba TEC |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type) |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2018 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Iron Grey |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
None |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
None |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 Or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
116 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
US English |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Web: https://sharktastica.co.uk/archive/view?id=8219f25daa279225 |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
4Y40U90599 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
03X7720 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KT-1255 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Precision ThinkPad TrackPoint Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. scissor-switch implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2017 Q3 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Old Lenovo logo & ThinkPad branding Or Old Lenovo logo & ThinkPad branding |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Rubberised single-setting flip-out feet |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Bluetooth |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
US English |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
TrackPoint IV strain gauge pointing stick |
| Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc. |
Charged via Micro-B USB cable |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: Lenovo ThinkPad Compact Bluetooth Keyboard with TrackPoint (KT-1255) - Overview and Service Parts (#PD026744) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
4Y40U90598 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
03X7719 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KT-1255 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Precision ThinkPad TrackPoint Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. scissor-switch implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2017 Q3 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Old Lenovo logo & ThinkPad branding Or Old Lenovo logo & ThinkPad branding |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Rubberised single-setting flip-out feet |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Bluetooth |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
US Euro (International) |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
TrackPoint IV strain gauge pointing stick |
| Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc. |
Charged via Micro-B USB cable |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: Lenovo ThinkPad Compact Bluetooth Keyboard with TrackPoint (KT-1255) - Overview and Service Parts (#PD026744) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
4Y40U90597 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
03X7718 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KT-1255 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Precision ThinkPad TrackPoint Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. scissor-switch implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2017 Q3 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Old Lenovo logo & ThinkPad branding Or Old Lenovo logo & ThinkPad branding |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Rubberised single-setting flip-out feet |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Bluetooth |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
UK English |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
TrackPoint IV strain gauge pointing stick |
| Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc. |
Charged via Micro-B USB cable |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: Lenovo ThinkPad Compact Bluetooth Keyboard with TrackPoint (KT-1255) - Overview and Service Parts (#PD026744) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
46W6737 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845CR |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8845CR ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2013 Q3 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo Or Old Lenovo logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Thai 191 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, known to be a part of the IBM (later Lenovo) 1U 18.5-Inch Standard Media Console Kit with feature code A517 |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: Lenovo 1U 18.5-inch Standard Media Console Product Guide (#TIPS1048) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
4Y40U90595 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
03X7716 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KT-1255 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Precision ThinkPad TrackPoint Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. scissor-switch implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2017 Q3 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Old Lenovo logo & ThinkPad branding Or Old Lenovo logo & ThinkPad branding |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Rubberised single-setting flip-out feet |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Bluetooth |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Swedish/Finn |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
TrackPoint IV strain gauge pointing stick |
| Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc. |
Charged via Micro-B USB cable |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: Lenovo ThinkPad Compact Bluetooth Keyboard with TrackPoint (KT-1255) - Overview and Service Parts (#PD026744) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
4Y40U90594 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
03X7715 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KT-1255 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Precision ThinkPad TrackPoint Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. scissor-switch implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2017 Q3 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Old Lenovo logo & ThinkPad branding Or Old Lenovo logo & ThinkPad branding |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Rubberised single-setting flip-out feet |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Bluetooth |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Spanish |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
TrackPoint IV strain gauge pointing stick |
| Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc. |
Charged via Micro-B USB cable |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: Lenovo ThinkPad Compact Bluetooth Keyboard with TrackPoint (KT-1255) - Overview and Service Parts (#PD026744) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
4Y40U90593 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
03X7714 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KT-1255 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Precision ThinkPad TrackPoint Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. scissor-switch implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2017 Q3 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Old Lenovo logo & ThinkPad branding Or Old Lenovo logo & ThinkPad branding |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Rubberised single-setting flip-out feet |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Bluetooth |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Portuguese |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
TrackPoint IV strain gauge pointing stick |
| Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc. |
Charged via Micro-B USB cable |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: Lenovo ThinkPad Compact Bluetooth Keyboard with TrackPoint (KT-1255) - Overview and Service Parts (#PD026744) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
4Y40U90592 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
03X7713 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KT-1255 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Precision ThinkPad TrackPoint Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. scissor-switch implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2017 Q3 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Old Lenovo logo & ThinkPad branding Or Old Lenovo logo & ThinkPad branding |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Rubberised single-setting flip-out feet |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Bluetooth |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Norwegian |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
TrackPoint IV strain gauge pointing stick |
| Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc. |
Charged via Micro-B USB cable |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: Lenovo ThinkPad Compact Bluetooth Keyboard with TrackPoint (KT-1255) - Overview and Service Parts (#PD026744) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
4Y40U90591 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
03X7712 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KT-1255 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Precision ThinkPad TrackPoint Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. scissor-switch implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2017 Q3 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Old Lenovo logo & ThinkPad branding Or Old Lenovo logo & ThinkPad branding |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Rubberised single-setting flip-out feet |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Bluetooth |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Japanese |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
TrackPoint IV strain gauge pointing stick |
| Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc. |
Charged via Micro-B USB cable |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: Lenovo ThinkPad Compact Bluetooth Keyboard with TrackPoint (KT-1255) - Overview and Service Parts (#PD026744) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
4Y40U90590 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
03X7711 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KT-1255 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Precision ThinkPad TrackPoint Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. scissor-switch implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2017 Q3 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Old Lenovo logo & ThinkPad branding Or Old Lenovo logo & ThinkPad branding |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Rubberised single-setting flip-out feet |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Bluetooth |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Italy |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
TrackPoint IV strain gauge pointing stick |
| Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc. |
Charged via Micro-B USB cable |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: Lenovo ThinkPad Compact Bluetooth Keyboard with TrackPoint (KT-1255) - Overview and Service Parts (#PD026744) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
46W6738 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845CR |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8845CR ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2013 Q3 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo Or Old Lenovo logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Turkish 179 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, known to be a part of the IBM (later Lenovo) 1U 18.5-Inch Standard Media Console Kit with feature code A518 |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: Lenovo 1U 18.5-inch Standard Media Console Product Guide (#TIPS1048) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
46W6726 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845CR |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8845CR ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2013 Q3 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo Or Old Lenovo logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Japanese 194 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, known to be a part of the IBM (later Lenovo) 1U 18.5-Inch Standard Media Console Kit with feature code A50W |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: Lenovo 1U 18.5-inch Standard Media Console Product Guide (#TIPS1048) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
46W6736 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845CR |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8845CR ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2013 Q3 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo Or Old Lenovo logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Swiss F/G 150 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, known to be a part of the IBM (later Lenovo) 1U 18.5-Inch Standard Media Console Kit with feature code A516 |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: Lenovo 1U 18.5-inch Standard Media Console Product Guide (#TIPS1048) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
33L1183 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
33L1183 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KB-3923 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Chicony KB-5923 Derived Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Grey straightened-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Turkish (ID 440) |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Rebranded Chicony KB-5923 keyboard, has a three-way cable router |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700 Series and IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-18) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
33L1173 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
33L1173 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KB-3923 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Chicony KB-5923 Derived Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Grey straightened-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Polish |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Rebranded Chicony KB-5923 keyboard, has a three-way cable router |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700 Series and IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-18) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
33L1174 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
33L1174 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KB-3923 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Chicony KB-5923 Derived Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Grey straightened-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Portuguese |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Rebranded Chicony KB-5923 keyboard, has a three-way cable router |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700 Series and IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-18) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
33L1175 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
33L1175 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KB-3923 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Chicony KB-5923 Derived Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Grey straightened-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Romania |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Rebranded Chicony KB-5923 keyboard, has a three-way cable router |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700 Series and IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-18) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
33L1176 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
33L1176 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KB-3923 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Chicony KB-5923 Derived Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Grey straightened-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Russian |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Rebranded Chicony KB-5923 keyboard, has a three-way cable router |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700 Series and IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-18) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
33L1177 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
33L1177 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KB-3923 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Chicony KB-5923 Derived Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Grey straightened-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Serbian/Cyrillic |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Rebranded Chicony KB-5923 keyboard, has a three-way cable router |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700 Series and IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-18) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
33L1178 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
33L1178 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KB-3923 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Chicony KB-5923 Derived Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Grey straightened-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Slovakian |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Rebranded Chicony KB-5923 keyboard, has a three-way cable router |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700 Series and IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-18) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
33L1179 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
33L1179 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KB-3923 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Chicony KB-5923 Derived Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Grey straightened-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Spanish |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Rebranded Chicony KB-5923 keyboard, has a three-way cable router |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700 Series and IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-18) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
33L1180 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
33L1180 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KB-3923 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Chicony KB-5923 Derived Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Grey straightened-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Swedish/Finnish |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Rebranded Chicony KB-5923 keyboard, has a three-way cable router |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700 Series and IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-18) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
33L1181 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
33L1181 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KB-3923 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Chicony KB-5923 Derived Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Grey straightened-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Swiss French/German |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Rebranded Chicony KB-5923 keyboard, has a three-way cable router |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700 Series and IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-18) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
33L1182 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
33L1182 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KB-3923 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Chicony KB-5923 Derived Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Grey straightened-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Turkish (ID 179) |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Rebranded Chicony KB-5923 keyboard, has a three-way cable router |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700 Series and IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-18) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
33L1184 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
33L1184 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KB-3923 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Chicony KB-5923 Derived Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Grey straightened-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
UK English |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Rebranded Chicony KB-5923 keyboard, has a three-way cable router |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700 Series and IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-18) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
33L1171 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
33L1171 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KB-3923 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Chicony KB-5923 Derived Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Grey straightened-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Italian |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Rebranded Chicony KB-5923 keyboard, has a three-way cable router |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700 Series and IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-18) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
33L1185 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
33L1185 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KB-3923 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Chicony KB-5923 Derived Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Grey straightened-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Yugoslavian |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Rebranded Chicony KB-5923 keyboard, has a three-way cable router |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700 Series and IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-18) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
33L1186 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
33L1186 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KB-3923 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Chicony KB-5923 Derived Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Grey straightened-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
UK English (ISO Compliant) |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Rebranded Chicony KB-5923 keyboard, has a three-way cable router |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700 Series and IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-18) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
33L1187 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
33L1187 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KB-3923 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Chicony KB-5923 Derived Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Grey straightened-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Japan |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Rebranded Chicony KB-5923 keyboard, has a three-way cable router |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700 Series and IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-18) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
33L1188 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
33L1188 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KB-3923 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Chicony KB-5923 Derived Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Grey straightened-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Taiwanese |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Rebranded Chicony KB-5923 keyboard, has a three-way cable router |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700 Series and IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-18) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
33L1189 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
33L1189 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KB-3923 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Chicony KB-5923 Derived Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Grey straightened-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Korean |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Rebranded Chicony KB-5923 keyboard, has a three-way cable router |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700 Series and IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-18) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
33L1190 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
33L1190 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KB-3923 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Chicony KB-5923 Derived Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Grey straightened-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Thailand |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Rebranded Chicony KB-5923 keyboard, has a three-way cable router |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700 Series and IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-18) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
84G2524 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
84G2529 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Model M4-1 Space Saver TrackPoint II Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Unicomp |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M3/M4 rod-actuated type) |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 Q2 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
IBM black oval badge |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Rubberised single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Grey coiled-style detachable 6-pin SDL to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
84 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
US ANSI |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
TrackPoint II strain gauge pointing stick |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
ASK: SNKB-M1999-41K-83 |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
28L3640 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
84G2529 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Model M4-1 Space Saver TrackPoint II Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Unicomp |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M3/M4 rod-actuated type) |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 Q3 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
IBM black oval badge |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Rubberised single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black coiled-style detachable 6-pin SDL to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
84 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
US ANSI |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
TrackPoint II strain gauge pointing stick |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Designed for use with the IBM Netfinity Rack Keyboard Tray (P/N 28L4707) |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Space Saver Keyboard - Product Overview (#VLAR-3Z5GNH) [source: kev009] Web: https://web.archive.org/web/19991006163825/http://www5.pc.ibm.com:80/us/products.nsf/$wwwPartNumLookup/_28L3640 |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
28L3641 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
84G6297 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Model M4-1 Space Saver TrackPoint II Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Unicomp |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M3/M4 rod-actuated type) |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 Q3 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
IBM black oval badge |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Rubberised single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black coiled-style detachable 6-pin SDL to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
85 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
UK ISO |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
TrackPoint II strain gauge pointing stick |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Designed for use with the IBM Netfinity Rack Keyboard Tray (P/N 28L4707) |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Space Saver Keyboard - Product Overview (#VLAR-3Z5GNH) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
28L3642 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
84G6285 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Model M4-1 Space Saver TrackPoint II Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Unicomp |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M3/M4 rod-actuated type) |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 Q3 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
IBM black oval badge |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Rubberised single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black coiled-style detachable 6-pin SDL to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
85 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
FR ISO |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
TrackPoint II strain gauge pointing stick |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Designed for use with the IBM Netfinity Rack Keyboard Tray (P/N 28L4707) |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Space Saver Keyboard - Product Overview (#VLAR-3Z5GNH) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
33L1172 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
33L1172 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KB-3923 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Chicony KB-5923 Derived Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Grey straightened-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Norwegian |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Rebranded Chicony KB-5923 keyboard, has a three-way cable router |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700 Series and IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-18) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
00UA41P4A |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Model M SpaceSaver Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Unicomp |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
IBM membrane buckling springs |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2013 Q3 |
| Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique. |
PBT with dye-sublimated legends |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Pearl White |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
None |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Type A USB cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
104 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
US ANSI |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Comes with APL keycap set as standard |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
46W6734 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845CR |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8845CR ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2013 Q3 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo Or Old Lenovo logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Spanish 172 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, known to be a part of the IBM (later Lenovo) 1U 18.5-Inch Standard Media Console Kit with feature code A514 |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: Lenovo 1U 18.5-inch Standard Media Console Product Guide (#TIPS1048) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
46W6723 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845CR |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8845CR ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2013 Q3 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo Or Old Lenovo logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Hebrew 212 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, known to be a part of the IBM (later Lenovo) 1U 18.5-Inch Standard Media Console Kit with feature code A50T |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: Lenovo 1U 18.5-inch Standard Media Console Product Guide (#TIPS1048) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
46W6733 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845CR |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8845CR ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2013 Q3 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo Or Old Lenovo logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Slovak 245 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, known to be a part of the IBM (later Lenovo) 1U 18.5-Inch Standard Media Console Kit with feature code A513 |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: Lenovo 1U 18.5-inch Standard Media Console Product Guide (#TIPS1048) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
46W6732 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845CR |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8845CR ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2013 Q3 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo Or Old Lenovo logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Russian 441 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, known to be a part of the IBM (later Lenovo) 1U 18.5-Inch Standard Media Console Kit with feature code A512 |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: Lenovo 1U 18.5-inch Standard Media Console Product Guide (#TIPS1048) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
46W6731 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845CR |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8845CR ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2013 Q3 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo Or Old Lenovo logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Portuguese 163 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, known to be a part of the IBM (later Lenovo) 1U 18.5-Inch Standard Media Console Kit with feature code A511 |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: Lenovo 1U 18.5-inch Standard Media Console Product Guide (#TIPS1048) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
46W6730 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845CR |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8845CR ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2013 Q3 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo Or Old Lenovo logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Polish 214 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, known to be a part of the IBM (later Lenovo) 1U 18.5-Inch Standard Media Console Kit with feature code A510 |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: Lenovo 1U 18.5-inch Standard Media Console Product Guide (#TIPS1048) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
46W6729 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845CR |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8845CR ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2013 Q3 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo Or Old Lenovo logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Norwegian 155 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, known to be a part of the IBM (later Lenovo) 1U 18.5-Inch Standard Media Console Kit with feature code A50Z |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: Lenovo 1U 18.5-inch Standard Media Console Product Guide (#TIPS1048) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
46W6728 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845CR |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8845CR ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2013 Q3 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo Or Old Lenovo logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
LA Span 171 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, known to be a part of the IBM (later Lenovo) 1U 18.5-Inch Standard Media Console Kit with feature code A50Y |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: Lenovo 1U 18.5-inch Standard Media Console Product Guide (#TIPS1048) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
46W6727 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845CR |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8845CR ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2013 Q3 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo Or Old Lenovo logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Korean 413 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, known to be a part of the IBM (later Lenovo) 1U 18.5-Inch Standard Media Console Kit with feature code A50X |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: Lenovo 1U 18.5-inch Standard Media Console Product Guide (#TIPS1048) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
3AA02285800 |
| MFI NumberMFI Number A machine feature index (MFI) number (also known as a Feature Bill of Material (FBM) number, top bill, or top part number) is a number that connects a keyboard or keyboard part to a some sort of feature code system. MFI numbers remain unchanged throughout a keyboard's lifetime, and in modern use, have a one-to-many relationship to possible SMU part numbers. MFI numbers are generally only seen on packing lists and documentations, rather than on keyboards. |
3AA02284200 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
"Model M-e" MANPOS Keyboard |
| NicknameNickname A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy. |
M9-e |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Toshiba TEC |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type) |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2020 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Iron Grey |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
None |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
None |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 Or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
116 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
US English |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
POS Glide Pad & pointer/two-button Varatouch & touchpad module |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
46W6725 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845CR |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8845CR ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2013 Q3 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo Or Old Lenovo logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Italian 141 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, known to be a part of the IBM (later Lenovo) 1U 18.5-Inch Standard Media Console Kit with feature code A50V |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: Lenovo 1U 18.5-inch Standard Media Console Product Guide (#TIPS1048) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
46W6724 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845CR |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8845CR ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2013 Q3 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo Or Old Lenovo logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Hungarian 208 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, known to be a part of the IBM (later Lenovo) 1U 18.5-Inch Standard Media Console Kit with feature code A50U |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: Lenovo 1U 18.5-inch Standard Media Console Product Guide (#TIPS1048) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
46W6722 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845CR |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8845CR ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2013 Q3 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo Or Old Lenovo logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Greek 219 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, known to be a part of the IBM (later Lenovo) 1U 18.5-Inch Standard Media Console Kit with feature code A50S |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: Lenovo 1U 18.5-inch Standard Media Console Product Guide (#TIPS1048) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
33L1170 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
33L1170 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KB-3923 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Chicony KB-5923 Derived Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Grey straightened-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Icelandic |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Rebranded Chicony KB-5923 keyboard, has a three-way cable router |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700 Series and IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-18) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
46W6721 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845CR |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8845CR ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2013 Q3 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo Or Old Lenovo logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
German 129 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, known to be a part of the IBM (later Lenovo) 1U 18.5-Inch Standard Media Console Kit with feature code A50R |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: Lenovo 1U 18.5-inch Standard Media Console Product Guide (#TIPS1048) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
46W6720 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845CR |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8845CR ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2013 Q3 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo Or Old Lenovo logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Fr/Canada 445 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, known to be a part of the IBM (later Lenovo) 1U 18.5-Inch Standard Media Console Kit with feature code A50Q |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: Lenovo 1U 18.5-inch Standard Media Console Product Guide (#TIPS1048) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
46W6719 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845CR |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8845CR ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2013 Q3 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo Or Old Lenovo logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
French 189 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, known to be a part of the IBM (later Lenovo) 1U 18.5-Inch Standard Media Console Kit with feature code A50P |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: Lenovo 1U 18.5-inch Standard Media Console Product Guide (#TIPS1048) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
46W6718 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845CR |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8845CR ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2013 Q3 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo Or Old Lenovo logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Dutch 143 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, known to be a part of the IBM (later Lenovo) 1U 18.5-Inch Standard Media Console Kit with feature code A50N |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: Lenovo 1U 18.5-inch Standard Media Console Product Guide (#TIPS1048) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
46W6717 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845CR |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8845CR ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2013 Q3 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo Or Old Lenovo logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Danish 159 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, known to be a part of the IBM (later Lenovo) 1U 18.5-Inch Standard Media Console Kit with feature code A50M |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: Lenovo 1U 18.5-inch Standard Media Console Product Guide (#TIPS1048) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
46W6716 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845CR |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8845CR ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2013 Q3 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo Or Old Lenovo logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Czech 489 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, known to be a part of the IBM (later Lenovo) 1U 18.5-Inch Standard Media Console Kit with feature code A50L |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: Lenovo 1U 18.5-inch Standard Media Console Product Guide (#TIPS1048) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
46W6715 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845CR |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8845CR ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2013 Q3 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo Or Old Lenovo logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Chinese/US 467 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, known to be a part of the IBM (later Lenovo) 1U 18.5-Inch Standard Media Console Kit with feature code A50K |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: Lenovo 1U 18.5-inch Standard Media Console Product Guide (#TIPS1048) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
46W6714 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845CR |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8845CR ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2013 Q3 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo Or Old Lenovo logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Belg/UK 120 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, known to be a part of the IBM (later Lenovo) 1U 18.5-Inch Standard Media Console Kit with feature code A50J |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: Lenovo 1U 18.5-inch Standard Media Console Product Guide (#TIPS1048) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
46W6713 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845CR |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8845CR ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2013 Q3 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo Or Old Lenovo logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Arabic 253 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, known to be a part of the IBM (later Lenovo) 1U 18.5-Inch Standard Media Console Kit with feature code A50H |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: Lenovo 1U 18.5-inch Standard Media Console Product Guide (#TIPS1048) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
00MW310 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845CR |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8845CR ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2013 Q3 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Old Lenovo logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
US Eng |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, known to be a part of the Lenovo 1U 18.5-Inch Standard Media Console Kit with feature code AU8B |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: Lenovo 1U 18.5-inch Standard Media Console Product Guide (#TIPS1048) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
3AA02285700 |
| MFI NumberMFI Number A machine feature index (MFI) number (also known as a Feature Bill of Material (FBM) number, top bill, or top part number) is a number that connects a keyboard or keyboard part to a some sort of feature code system. MFI numbers remain unchanged throughout a keyboard's lifetime, and in modern use, have a one-to-many relationship to possible SMU part numbers. MFI numbers are generally only seen on packing lists and documentations, rather than on keyboards. |
3AA0228410 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
"Model M-e" MANPOS Keyboard |
| NicknameNickname A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy. |
M9-e |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Toshiba TEC |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type) |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2020 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
None |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
None |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 Or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
117 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Spanish |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
POS Glide Pad & pointer/two-button Varatouch & touchpad module |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Assembled at factory model, US, LA and EMEA only |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
3AA01201000 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
3AC00612200 |
| MFI NumberMFI Number A machine feature index (MFI) number (also known as a Feature Bill of Material (FBM) number, top bill, or top part number) is a number that connects a keyboard or keyboard part to a some sort of feature code system. MFI numbers remain unchanged throughout a keyboard's lifetime, and in modern use, have a one-to-many relationship to possible SMU part numbers. MFI numbers are generally only seen on packing lists and documentations, rather than on keyboards. |
7431225 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
2253 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
"Model M-e" MCANPOS Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Toshiba TEC |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type) |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2020 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Iron Grey |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
None |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
None |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 Or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
134 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Canadian French |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
POS Glide Pad & pointer/two-button Varatouch & touchpad module |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
3AA02285900 |
| MFI NumberMFI Number A machine feature index (MFI) number (also known as a Feature Bill of Material (FBM) number, top bill, or top part number) is a number that connects a keyboard or keyboard part to a some sort of feature code system. MFI numbers remain unchanged throughout a keyboard's lifetime, and in modern use, have a one-to-many relationship to possible SMU part numbers. MFI numbers are generally only seen on packing lists and documentations, rather than on keyboards. |
3AA02284300 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
"Model M-e" MANPOS Keyboard |
| NicknameNickname A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy. |
M9-e |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Toshiba TEC |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type) |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2020 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
None |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
None |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 Or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
116 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
US English |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
POS Glide Pad & pointer/two-button Varatouch & touchpad module |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Assembled at factory model |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
02K0826 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KB-7953 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Misc. Keyboard |
| Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops. |
IBM 6272 PC 300GL IBM 6275 PC 300GL IBM 6282 PC 300GL IBM 6285 PC 300GL IBM 6561 PC 300GL IBM 6561 PC 300GL IBM 6591 PC 300GL IBM 6862 PC 300PL IBM 6892 PC 300PL |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Pearl White |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
White straightened-style fixed dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Hungarian |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Alternatively known as the IBM PC NEXT Keyboard |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700 Series and IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-18) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
24P0560 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
24P0560 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KPD0035 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
TrackPoint-Equipped Compact Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2003 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
89 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
US ANSI |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
TrackPoint IV strain gauge pointing stick |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has a PS/2 mouse pass-through port |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Web: https://post.smzdm.com/p/727368/ |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
31P8972 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
02R0422 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8835 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8835 ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2003 Q1 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo Or Old Lenovo logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Slovenian |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, also branded as either Lenovo USB Keyboard with UltraNav, Lenovo UltraNav Fullsize USB Keyboard (Japan only) or Lenovo ThinkPad Full-Size UltraNav USB Keyboard since 2005, exclusively branded as a Lenovo product from October 2014, alternative FRU number is 41A5160 |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
31P8973 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
02R0423 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8835 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8835 ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2003 Q1 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo Or Old Lenovo logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Slovakian |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, also branded as either Lenovo USB Keyboard with UltraNav, Lenovo UltraNav Fullsize USB Keyboard (Japan only) or Lenovo ThinkPad Full-Size UltraNav USB Keyboard since 2005, exclusively branded as a Lenovo product from October 2014, alternative FRU number is 41A5152 |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
31P8974 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
02R0424 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8835 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8835 ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2003 Q1 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo Or Old Lenovo logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Japanese |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, also branded as either Lenovo USB Keyboard with UltraNav, Lenovo UltraNav Fullsize USB Keyboard (Japan only) or Lenovo ThinkPad Full-Size UltraNav USB Keyboard since 2005, exclusively branded as a Lenovo product from October 2014, alternative FRU number is 41A5145 |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
31P8975 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
02R0425 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8835 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8835 ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2003 Q1 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo Or Old Lenovo logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Chinese |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, also branded as either Lenovo USB Keyboard with UltraNav or Lenovo ThinkPad Full-Size UltraNav USB Keyboard since 2005, exclusively branded as a Lenovo product from October 2014 |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
31P8976 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
02R0426 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8835 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8835 ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2003 Q1 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo Or Old Lenovo logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Korean |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, also branded as either Lenovo USB Keyboard with UltraNav, Lenovo UltraNav Fullsize USB Keyboard (Japan only) or Lenovo ThinkPad Full-Size UltraNav USB Keyboard since 2005, exclusively branded as a Lenovo product from October 2014, alternative FRU number is 41A5146 |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
31P8977 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
02R0427 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8835 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8835 ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2003 Q1 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo Or Old Lenovo logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
LA Spanish |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, also branded as either Lenovo USB Keyboard with UltraNav, Lenovo UltraNav Fullsize USB Keyboard (Japan only) or Lenovo ThinkPad Full-Size UltraNav USB Keyboard since 2005, exclusively branded as a Lenovo product from October 2014, alternative FRU number is 41A5147 |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
31P8978 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
02R0428 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8835 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8835 ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2003 Q1 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo Or Old Lenovo logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Thai |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, also branded as either Lenovo USB Keyboard with UltraNav, Lenovo UltraNav Fullsize USB Keyboard (Japan only) or Lenovo ThinkPad Full-Size UltraNav USB Keyboard since 2005, exclusively branded as a Lenovo product from October 2014, alternative FRU number is 41A5156 |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
02K0824 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KB-7953 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Misc. Keyboard |
| Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops. |
IBM 6272 PC 300GL IBM 6275 PC 300GL IBM 6282 PC 300GL IBM 6285 PC 300GL IBM 6561 PC 300GL IBM 6561 PC 300GL IBM 6591 PC 300GL IBM 6862 PC 300PL IBM 6892 PC 300PL |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Pearl White |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
White straightened-style fixed dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Greek |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Alternatively known as the IBM PC NEXT Keyboard |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700 Series and IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-18) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
02K0825 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KB-7953 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Misc. Keyboard |
| Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops. |
IBM 6272 PC 300GL IBM 6275 PC 300GL IBM 6282 PC 300GL IBM 6285 PC 300GL IBM 6561 PC 300GL IBM 6561 PC 300GL IBM 6591 PC 300GL IBM 6862 PC 300PL IBM 6892 PC 300PL |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Pearl White |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
White straightened-style fixed dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Hebrew |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Alternatively known as the IBM PC NEXT Keyboard |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700 Series and IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-18) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
02K0827 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KB-7953 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Misc. Keyboard |
| Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops. |
IBM 6272 PC 300GL IBM 6275 PC 300GL IBM 6282 PC 300GL IBM 6285 PC 300GL IBM 6561 PC 300GL IBM 6561 PC 300GL IBM 6591 PC 300GL IBM 6862 PC 300PL IBM 6892 PC 300PL |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Pearl White |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
White straightened-style fixed dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Icelandic |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Alternatively known as the IBM PC NEXT Keyboard |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700 Series and IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-18) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
31P8970 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
02R0420 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8835 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8835 ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2003 Q1 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo Or Old Lenovo logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Hungarian |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, also branded as either Lenovo USB Keyboard with UltraNav, Lenovo UltraNav Fullsize USB Keyboard (Japan only) or Lenovo ThinkPad Full-Size UltraNav USB Keyboard since 2005, exclusively branded as a Lenovo product from October 2014, alternative FRU number is 41A5143 |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
02K0828 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KB-7953 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Misc. Keyboard |
| Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops. |
IBM 6272 PC 300GL IBM 6275 PC 300GL IBM 6282 PC 300GL IBM 6285 PC 300GL IBM 6561 PC 300GL IBM 6561 PC 300GL IBM 6591 PC 300GL IBM 6862 PC 300PL IBM 6892 PC 300PL |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Pearl White |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
White straightened-style fixed dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
105 |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Italian ISO |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Alternatively known as the IBM PC NEXT Keyboard |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700 Series and IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-18) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
02K0829 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KB-7953 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Misc. Keyboard |
| Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops. |
IBM 6272 PC 300GL IBM 6275 PC 300GL IBM 6282 PC 300GL IBM 6285 PC 300GL IBM 6561 PC 300GL IBM 6561 PC 300GL IBM 6591 PC 300GL IBM 6862 PC 300PL IBM 6892 PC 300PL |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Pearl White |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
White straightened-style fixed dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
105 |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Norwegian ISO |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Alternatively known as the IBM PC NEXT Keyboard |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700 Series and IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-18) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
02K0830 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KB-7953 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Misc. Keyboard |
| Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops. |
IBM 6272 PC 300GL IBM 6275 PC 300GL IBM 6282 PC 300GL IBM 6285 PC 300GL IBM 6561 PC 300GL IBM 6561 PC 300GL IBM 6591 PC 300GL IBM 6862 PC 300PL IBM 6892 PC 300PL |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Pearl White |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
White straightened-style fixed dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Polish |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Alternatively known as the IBM PC NEXT Keyboard |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700 Series and IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-18) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
02K0831 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KB-7953 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Misc. Keyboard |
| Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops. |
IBM 6272 PC 300GL IBM 6275 PC 300GL IBM 6282 PC 300GL IBM 6285 PC 300GL IBM 6561 PC 300GL IBM 6561 PC 300GL IBM 6591 PC 300GL IBM 6862 PC 300PL IBM 6892 PC 300PL |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Pearl White |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
White straightened-style fixed dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
105 |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Portuguese |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Alternatively known as the IBM PC NEXT Keyboard |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700 Series and IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-18) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
02K0832 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KB-7953 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Misc. Keyboard |
| Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops. |
IBM 6272 PC 300GL IBM 6275 PC 300GL IBM 6282 PC 300GL IBM 6285 PC 300GL IBM 6561 PC 300GL IBM 6561 PC 300GL IBM 6591 PC 300GL IBM 6862 PC 300PL IBM 6892 PC 300PL |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Pearl White |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
White straightened-style fixed dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Romania |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Alternatively known as the IBM PC NEXT Keyboard |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700 Series and IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-18) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
02K0833 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KB-7953 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Misc. Keyboard |
| Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops. |
IBM 6272 PC 300GL IBM 6275 PC 300GL IBM 6282 PC 300GL IBM 6285 PC 300GL IBM 6561 PC 300GL IBM 6561 PC 300GL IBM 6591 PC 300GL IBM 6862 PC 300PL IBM 6892 PC 300PL |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Pearl White |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
White straightened-style fixed dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Russia |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Alternatively known as the IBM PC NEXT Keyboard |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700 Series and IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-18) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
02K0834 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KB-7953 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Misc. Keyboard |
| Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops. |
IBM 6272 PC 300GL IBM 6275 PC 300GL IBM 6282 PC 300GL IBM 6285 PC 300GL IBM 6561 PC 300GL IBM 6561 PC 300GL IBM 6591 PC 300GL IBM 6862 PC 300PL IBM 6892 PC 300PL |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Pearl White |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
White straightened-style fixed dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Serbian/Cyrillic |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Alternatively known as the IBM PC NEXT Keyboard |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700 Series and IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-18) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
02K0835 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KB-7953 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Misc. Keyboard |
| Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops. |
IBM 6272 PC 300GL IBM 6275 PC 300GL IBM 6282 PC 300GL IBM 6285 PC 300GL IBM 6561 PC 300GL IBM 6561 PC 300GL IBM 6591 PC 300GL IBM 6862 PC 300PL IBM 6892 PC 300PL |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Pearl White |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
White straightened-style fixed dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Slovak |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Alternatively known as the IBM PC NEXT Keyboard |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700 Series and IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-18) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
02K0836 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KB-7953 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Misc. Keyboard |
| Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops. |
IBM 6272 PC 300GL IBM 6275 PC 300GL IBM 6282 PC 300GL IBM 6285 PC 300GL IBM 6561 PC 300GL IBM 6561 PC 300GL IBM 6591 PC 300GL IBM 6862 PC 300PL IBM 6892 PC 300PL |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Pearl White |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
White straightened-style fixed dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
105 |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Spanish ISO |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Alternatively known as the IBM PC NEXT Keyboard |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700 Series and IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-18) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
02K0837 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KB-7953 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Misc. Keyboard |
| Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops. |
IBM 6272 PC 300GL IBM 6275 PC 300GL IBM 6282 PC 300GL IBM 6285 PC 300GL IBM 6561 PC 300GL IBM 6561 PC 300GL IBM 6591 PC 300GL IBM 6862 PC 300PL IBM 6892 PC 300PL |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Pearl White |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
White straightened-style fixed dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
105 |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Sweden/Finland ISO |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Alternatively known as the IBM PC NEXT Keyboard |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700 Series and IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-18) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
31P8971 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
02R0421 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8835 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8835 ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2003 Q1 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo Or Old Lenovo logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Greek |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, also branded as either Lenovo USB Keyboard with UltraNav, Lenovo UltraNav Fullsize USB Keyboard (Japan only) or Lenovo ThinkPad Full-Size UltraNav USB Keyboard since 2005, exclusively branded as a Lenovo product from October 2014, alternative FRU number is 41A5140 |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
24P0595 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
24P0595 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KPD0035 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
TrackPoint-Equipped Compact Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2003 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
90 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
UK ISO |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
TrackPoint IV strain gauge pointing stick |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has a PS/2 mouse pass-through port |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
02K0839 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KB-7953 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Misc. Keyboard |
| Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops. |
IBM 6272 PC 300GL IBM 6275 PC 300GL IBM 6282 PC 300GL IBM 6285 PC 300GL IBM 6561 PC 300GL IBM 6561 PC 300GL IBM 6591 PC 300GL IBM 6862 PC 300PL IBM 6892 PC 300PL |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Pearl White |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
White straightened-style fixed dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Turkish (ID 179) |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Alternatively known as the IBM PC NEXT Keyboard |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700 Series and IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-18) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
31P8954 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
02R0404 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8835 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8835 ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2003 Q1 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo Or Old Lenovo logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
French |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, also branded as either Lenovo USB Keyboard with UltraNav, Lenovo UltraNav Fullsize USB Keyboard (Japan only) or Lenovo ThinkPad Full-Size UltraNav USB Keyboard since 2005, exclusively branded as a Lenovo product from October 2014, alternative FRU number is 41A5098 |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
02K0818 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KB-7953 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Misc. Keyboard |
| Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops. |
IBM 6272 PC 300GL IBM 6275 PC 300GL IBM 6282 PC 300GL IBM 6285 PC 300GL IBM 6561 PC 300GL IBM 6561 PC 300GL IBM 6591 PC 300GL IBM 6862 PC 300PL IBM 6892 PC 300PL |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Pearl White |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
White straightened-style fixed dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Bulgarian |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Alternatively known as the IBM PC NEXT Keyboard |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700 Series and IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-18) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
02K0819 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KB-7953 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Misc. Keyboard |
| Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops. |
IBM 6272 PC 300GL IBM 6275 PC 300GL IBM 6282 PC 300GL IBM 6285 PC 300GL IBM 6561 PC 300GL IBM 6561 PC 300GL IBM 6591 PC 300GL IBM 6862 PC 300PL IBM 6892 PC 300PL |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Pearl White |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
White straightened-style fixed dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Czech |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Alternatively known as the IBM PC NEXT Keyboard |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700 Series and IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-18) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
02K0820 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KB-7953 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Misc. Keyboard |
| Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops. |
IBM 6272 PC 300GL IBM 6275 PC 300GL IBM 6282 PC 300GL IBM 6285 PC 300GL IBM 6561 PC 300GL IBM 6561 PC 300GL IBM 6591 PC 300GL IBM 6862 PC 300PL IBM 6892 PC 300PL |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Pearl White |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
White straightened-style fixed dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Danish |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Alternatively known as the IBM PC NEXT Keyboard |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700 Series and IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-18) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
02K0821 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KB-7953 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Misc. Keyboard |
| Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops. |
IBM 6272 PC 300GL IBM 6275 PC 300GL IBM 6282 PC 300GL IBM 6285 PC 300GL IBM 6561 PC 300GL IBM 6561 PC 300GL IBM 6591 PC 300GL IBM 6862 PC 300PL IBM 6892 PC 300PL |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Pearl White |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
White straightened-style fixed dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Dutch |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Alternatively known as the IBM PC NEXT Keyboard |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700 Series and IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-18) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
985486 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Model F 5291/5292 Terminal Keyboard (529X type Model F) |
| NicknameNickname A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy. |
Bigfoot |
| Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops. |
IBM 5291 Model 2 Display Station (IBM 5250 family) |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
IBM capacitive buckling springs |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
Presently unknown |
| Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique. |
PBT with dye-sublimated legends |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Pearl White |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
IBM silver square badge |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Triple-setting riser feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM 5291/5292-specific host-drives-capsense |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Grey straightened-style fixed DA-15 cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
83 |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Latin American Spanish |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
A manufacture date has yet to be found |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Web: http://compucover.com/new_index.cfm?do=ItemPage&ManufactureName=IBM&ProductID=1519797&CategoryID=553&RequestTimeout=1500&LetsSearch=Key |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
31P8951 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
02R0401 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8835 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8835 ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2003 Q1 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo Or Old Lenovo logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
French Canadian |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, also branded as either Lenovo USB Keyboard with UltraNav, Lenovo UltraNav Fullsize USB Keyboard (Japan only) or Lenovo ThinkPad Full-Size UltraNav USB Keyboard since 2005, exclusively branded as a Lenovo product from October 2014, alternative FRU number is 41A5099 |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
02K0822 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KB-7953 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Misc. Keyboard |
| Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops. |
IBM 6272 PC 300GL IBM 6275 PC 300GL IBM 6282 PC 300GL IBM 6285 PC 300GL IBM 6561 PC 300GL IBM 6561 PC 300GL IBM 6591 PC 300GL IBM 6862 PC 300PL IBM 6892 PC 300PL |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Pearl White |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
White straightened-style fixed dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
105 |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
French ISO |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Alternatively known as the IBM PC NEXT Keyboard |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700 Series and IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-18) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
31P8952 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
02R0402 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8835 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8835 ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2003 Q1 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo Or Old Lenovo logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
German |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, also branded as either Lenovo USB Keyboard with UltraNav, Lenovo UltraNav Fullsize USB Keyboard (Japan only) or Lenovo ThinkPad Full-Size UltraNav USB Keyboard since 2005, exclusively branded as a Lenovo product from October 2014, alternative FRU number is 41A5139 |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
02K0823 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KB-7953 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Misc. Keyboard |
| Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops. |
IBM 6272 PC 300GL IBM 6275 PC 300GL IBM 6282 PC 300GL IBM 6285 PC 300GL IBM 6561 PC 300GL IBM 6561 PC 300GL IBM 6591 PC 300GL IBM 6862 PC 300PL IBM 6892 PC 300PL |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Pearl White |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
White straightened-style fixed dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
105 |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
German ISO |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Alternatively known as the IBM PC NEXT Keyboard |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700 Series and IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-18) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
31P8953 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
02R0403 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8835 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8835 ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2003 Q1 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo Or Old Lenovo logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
UK English |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, also branded as either Lenovo USB Keyboard with UltraNav, Lenovo UltraNav Fullsize USB Keyboard (Japan only) or Lenovo ThinkPad Full-Size UltraNav USB Keyboard since 2005, exclusively branded as a Lenovo product from October 2014, alternative FRU number is 41A5158 |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
31P8955 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
02R0405 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8835 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8835 ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2003 Q1 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo Or Old Lenovo logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Dutch |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, also branded as either Lenovo USB Keyboard with UltraNav or Lenovo ThinkPad Full-Size UltraNav USB Keyboard since 2005, exclusively branded as a Lenovo product from October 2014 |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
31P8969 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
02R0419 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8835 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8835 ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2003 Q1 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo Or Old Lenovo logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Czechoslovakian |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, also branded as either Lenovo USB Keyboard with UltraNav or Lenovo ThinkPad Full-Size UltraNav USB Keyboard since 2005, exclusively branded as a Lenovo product from October 2014 |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
31P8959 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
02R0409 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8835 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8835 ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2003 Q1 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo Or Old Lenovo logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Italian |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, also branded as either Lenovo USB Keyboard with UltraNav, Lenovo UltraNav Fullsize USB Keyboard (Japan only) or Lenovo ThinkPad Full-Size UltraNav USB Keyboard since 2005, exclusively branded as a Lenovo product from October 2014, alternative FRU number is 41A5144 |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
31P8960 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
02R0410 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8835 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8835 ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2003 Q1 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo Or Old Lenovo logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Spanish |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, also branded as either Lenovo USB Keyboard with UltraNav, Lenovo UltraNav Fullsize USB Keyboard (Japan only) or Lenovo ThinkPad Full-Size UltraNav USB Keyboard since 2005, exclusively branded as a Lenovo product from October 2014, alternative FRU number is 41A5153 |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
31P8961 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
02R0411 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8835 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8835 ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2003 Q1 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo Or Old Lenovo logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Belgium/UK |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, also branded as either Lenovo USB Keyboard with UltraNav or Lenovo ThinkPad Full-Size UltraNav USB Keyboard since 2005, exclusively branded as a Lenovo product from October 2014 |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
31P8962 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
02R0412 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8835 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8835 ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2003 Q1 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo Or Old Lenovo logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Swiss |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, also branded as either Lenovo USB Keyboard with UltraNav or Lenovo ThinkPad Full-Size UltraNav USB Keyboard since 2005, exclusively branded as a Lenovo product from October 2014 |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
31P8963 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
02R0413 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8835 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8835 ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2003 Q1 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo Or Old Lenovo logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Portuguese |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, also branded as either Lenovo USB Keyboard with UltraNav, Lenovo UltraNav Fullsize USB Keyboard (Japan only) or Lenovo ThinkPad Full-Size UltraNav USB Keyboard since 2005, exclusively branded as a Lenovo product from October 2014, alternative FRU number is 41A5150 |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
31P8964 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
02R0414 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8835 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8835 ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2003 Q1 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo Or Old Lenovo logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Arabic |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, also branded as either Lenovo USB Keyboard with UltraNav or Lenovo ThinkPad Full-Size UltraNav USB Keyboard since 2005, exclusively branded as a Lenovo product from October 2014 |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
31P8965 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
02R0415 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8835 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8835 ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2003 Q1 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo Or Old Lenovo logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Russian/Cyrillic |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, also branded as either Lenovo USB Keyboard with UltraNav, Lenovo UltraNav Fullsize USB Keyboard (Japan only) or Lenovo ThinkPad Full-Size UltraNav USB Keyboard since 2005, exclusively branded as a Lenovo product from October 2014, alternative FRU number is 41A5151 |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
31P8966 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
02R0416 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8835 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8835 ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2003 Q1 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo Or Old Lenovo logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Hebrew |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, also branded as either Lenovo USB Keyboard with UltraNav, Lenovo UltraNav Fullsize USB Keyboard (Japan only) or Lenovo ThinkPad Full-Size UltraNav USB Keyboard since 2005, exclusively branded as a Lenovo product from October 2014, alternative FRU number is 41A5142 |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
31P8967 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
02R0417 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8835 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8835 ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2003 Q1 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo Or Old Lenovo logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Polish |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, also branded as either Lenovo USB Keyboard with UltraNav, Lenovo UltraNav Fullsize USB Keyboard (Japan only) or Lenovo ThinkPad Full-Size UltraNav USB Keyboard since 2005, exclusively branded as a Lenovo product from October 2014, alternative FRU number is 41A5149 |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
31P8968 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
02R0418 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8835 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8835 ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2003 Q1 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo Or Old Lenovo logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Turkish |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, also branded as either Lenovo USB Keyboard with UltraNav, Lenovo UltraNav Fullsize USB Keyboard (Japan only) or Lenovo ThinkPad Full-Size UltraNav USB Keyboard since 2005, exclusively branded as a Lenovo product from October 2014, alternative FRU number is 41A5157 |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
02K0838 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KB-7953 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Misc. Keyboard |
| Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops. |
IBM 6272 PC 300GL IBM 6275 PC 300GL IBM 6282 PC 300GL IBM 6285 PC 300GL IBM 6561 PC 300GL IBM 6561 PC 300GL IBM 6591 PC 300GL IBM 6862 PC 300PL IBM 6892 PC 300PL |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Pearl White |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
White straightened-style fixed dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
105 |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Swiss French/German ISO |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Alternatively known as the IBM PC NEXT Keyboard |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700 Series and IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-18) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
02K0840 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KB-7953 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Misc. Keyboard |
| Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops. |
IBM 6272 PC 300GL IBM 6275 PC 300GL IBM 6282 PC 300GL IBM 6285 PC 300GL IBM 6561 PC 300GL IBM 6561 PC 300GL IBM 6591 PC 300GL IBM 6862 PC 300PL IBM 6892 PC 300PL |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Pearl White |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
White straightened-style fixed dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Turkish (ID 440) |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Alternatively known as the IBM PC NEXT Keyboard |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700 Series and IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-18) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
3AA02290300 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
3AC00986500 |
| MFI NumberMFI Number A machine feature index (MFI) number (also known as a Feature Bill of Material (FBM) number, top bill, or top part number) is a number that connects a keyboard or keyboard part to a some sort of feature code system. MFI numbers remain unchanged throughout a keyboard's lifetime, and in modern use, have a one-to-many relationship to possible SMU part numbers. MFI numbers are generally only seen on packing lists and documentations, rather than on keyboards. |
3AA02289400 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
2287 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
"Model M-e" MANPOS Keyboard |
| NicknameNickname A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy. |
M9-e |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Toshiba TEC |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type) |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2020 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
None |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
None |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 Or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
117 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Brazilian Portuguese |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
3AA01201700 |
| MFI NumberMFI Number A machine feature index (MFI) number (also known as a Feature Bill of Material (FBM) number, top bill, or top part number) is a number that connects a keyboard or keyboard part to a some sort of feature code system. MFI numbers remain unchanged throughout a keyboard's lifetime, and in modern use, have a one-to-many relationship to possible SMU part numbers. MFI numbers are generally only seen on packing lists and documentations, rather than on keyboards. |
3AA02288900 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
"Model M-e" MCANPOS Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Toshiba TEC |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type) |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2020 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Iron Grey |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
None |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
None |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 Or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
133 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
US English |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
POS Glide Pad & pointer/two-button Varatouch & touchpad module |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Assembled at factory model |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
3AA02286400 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
3AC00986300 |
| MFI NumberMFI Number A machine feature index (MFI) number (also known as a Feature Bill of Material (FBM) number, top bill, or top part number) is a number that connects a keyboard or keyboard part to a some sort of feature code system. MFI numbers remain unchanged throughout a keyboard's lifetime, and in modern use, have a one-to-many relationship to possible SMU part numbers. MFI numbers are generally only seen on packing lists and documentations, rather than on keyboards. |
3AA02284800 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
2271 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
"Model M-e" 67-Key MPOS Keyboard |
| NicknameNickname A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy. |
M7-e |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Toshiba TEC |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type) |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2020 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
None |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
None |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 Or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
67 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Functional keypad |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
3AA01201800 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
3AC00612800 |
| MFI NumberMFI Number A machine feature index (MFI) number (also known as a Feature Bill of Material (FBM) number, top bill, or top part number) is a number that connects a keyboard or keyboard part to a some sort of feature code system. MFI numbers remain unchanged throughout a keyboard's lifetime, and in modern use, have a one-to-many relationship to possible SMU part numbers. MFI numbers are generally only seen on packing lists and documentations, rather than on keyboards. |
7431233 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
2270 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
"Model M-e" 67-Key MPOS Keyboard |
| NicknameNickname A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy. |
M7-e |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Toshiba TEC |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type) |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2020 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Iron Grey |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
None |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
None |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 Or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
67 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Functional keypad |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
3AA02291000 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
3AC00987200 |
| MFI NumberMFI Number A machine feature index (MFI) number (also known as a Feature Bill of Material (FBM) number, top bill, or top part number) is a number that connects a keyboard or keyboard part to a some sort of feature code system. MFI numbers remain unchanged throughout a keyboard's lifetime, and in modern use, have a one-to-many relationship to possible SMU part numbers. MFI numbers are generally only seen on packing lists and documentations, rather than on keyboards. |
3AA02290100 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
2156 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
"Model M-e" MCANPOS Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Toshiba TEC |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type) |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2020 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
None |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
None |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 Or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
134 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
French |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
POS Glide Pad & pointer/two-button Varatouch & touchpad module |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
3AA02290900 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
3AC00987100 |
| MFI NumberMFI Number A machine feature index (MFI) number (also known as a Feature Bill of Material (FBM) number, top bill, or top part number) is a number that connects a keyboard or keyboard part to a some sort of feature code system. MFI numbers remain unchanged throughout a keyboard's lifetime, and in modern use, have a one-to-many relationship to possible SMU part numbers. MFI numbers are generally only seen on packing lists and documentations, rather than on keyboards. |
3AA02290000 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
2155 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
"Model M-e" MCANPOS Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Toshiba TEC |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type) |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2020 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
None |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
None |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 Or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
134 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
German |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
POS Glide Pad & pointer/two-button Varatouch & touchpad module |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
3AA02290800 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
3AC00987000 |
| MFI NumberMFI Number A machine feature index (MFI) number (also known as a Feature Bill of Material (FBM) number, top bill, or top part number) is a number that connects a keyboard or keyboard part to a some sort of feature code system. MFI numbers remain unchanged throughout a keyboard's lifetime, and in modern use, have a one-to-many relationship to possible SMU part numbers. MFI numbers are generally only seen on packing lists and documentations, rather than on keyboards. |
3AA02289900 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
2154 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
"Model M-e" MCANPOS Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Toshiba TEC |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type) |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2020 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
None |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
None |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 Or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
134 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Brazilian Portuguese |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
POS Glide Pad & pointer/two-button Varatouch & touchpad module |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
3AA02290700 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
3AC00986900 |
| MFI NumberMFI Number A machine feature index (MFI) number (also known as a Feature Bill of Material (FBM) number, top bill, or top part number) is a number that connects a keyboard or keyboard part to a some sort of feature code system. MFI numbers remain unchanged throughout a keyboard's lifetime, and in modern use, have a one-to-many relationship to possible SMU part numbers. MFI numbers are generally only seen on packing lists and documentations, rather than on keyboards. |
3AA02289800 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
2153 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
"Model M-e" MCANPOS Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Toshiba TEC |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type) |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2020 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
None |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
None |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 Or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
134 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Turkey |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
POS Glide Pad & pointer/two-button Varatouch & touchpad module |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
3AA02286300 |
| MFI NumberMFI Number A machine feature index (MFI) number (also known as a Feature Bill of Material (FBM) number, top bill, or top part number) is a number that connects a keyboard or keyboard part to a some sort of feature code system. MFI numbers remain unchanged throughout a keyboard's lifetime, and in modern use, have a one-to-many relationship to possible SMU part numbers. MFI numbers are generally only seen on packing lists and documentations, rather than on keyboards. |
3AA02284700 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
"Model M-e" MCANPOS Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Toshiba TEC |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type) |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2020 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
None |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
None |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 Or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
133 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
US English |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
POS Glide Pad & pointer/two-button Varatouch & touchpad module |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Assembled at factory model |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
3AA02286200 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
3AC00986200 |
| MFI NumberMFI Number A machine feature index (MFI) number (also known as a Feature Bill of Material (FBM) number, top bill, or top part number) is a number that connects a keyboard or keyboard part to a some sort of feature code system. MFI numbers remain unchanged throughout a keyboard's lifetime, and in modern use, have a one-to-many relationship to possible SMU part numbers. MFI numbers are generally only seen on packing lists and documentations, rather than on keyboards. |
3AA02284600 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
2152 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
"Model M-e" MCANPOS Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Toshiba TEC |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type) |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2020 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
None |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
None |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 Or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
134 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Canadian-French |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
POS Glide Pad & pointer/two-button Varatouch & touchpad module |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
3AA02286100 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
3AC00986100 |
| MFI NumberMFI Number A machine feature index (MFI) number (also known as a Feature Bill of Material (FBM) number, top bill, or top part number) is a number that connects a keyboard or keyboard part to a some sort of feature code system. MFI numbers remain unchanged throughout a keyboard's lifetime, and in modern use, have a one-to-many relationship to possible SMU part numbers. MFI numbers are generally only seen on packing lists and documentations, rather than on keyboards. |
3AA02284500 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
2151 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
"Model M-e" MCANPOS Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Toshiba TEC |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type) |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2020 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
None |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
None |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 Or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
134 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Spanish |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
POS Glide Pad & pointer/two-button Varatouch & touchpad module |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
3AA02286000 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
3AC00986000 |
| MFI NumberMFI Number A machine feature index (MFI) number (also known as a Feature Bill of Material (FBM) number, top bill, or top part number) is a number that connects a keyboard or keyboard part to a some sort of feature code system. MFI numbers remain unchanged throughout a keyboard's lifetime, and in modern use, have a one-to-many relationship to possible SMU part numbers. MFI numbers are generally only seen on packing lists and documentations, rather than on keyboards. |
3AA02284400 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
2150 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
"Model M-e" MCANPOS Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Toshiba TEC |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type) |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2020 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
None |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
None |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 Or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
133 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
US English |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
POS Glide Pad & pointer/two-button Varatouch & touchpad module |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
3AA01201200 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
3AC00612400 |
| MFI NumberMFI Number A machine feature index (MFI) number (also known as a Feature Bill of Material (FBM) number, top bill, or top part number) is a number that connects a keyboard or keyboard part to a some sort of feature code system. MFI numbers remain unchanged throughout a keyboard's lifetime, and in modern use, have a one-to-many relationship to possible SMU part numbers. MFI numbers are generally only seen on packing lists and documentations, rather than on keyboards. |
7431227 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
2257 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
"Model M-e" MCANPOS Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Toshiba TEC |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type) |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2020 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Iron Grey |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
None |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
None |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 Or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
134 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Turkey |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
POS Glide Pad & pointer/two-button Varatouch & touchpad module |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
3AA02286600 |
| MFI NumberMFI Number A machine feature index (MFI) number (also known as a Feature Bill of Material (FBM) number, top bill, or top part number) is a number that connects a keyboard or keyboard part to a some sort of feature code system. MFI numbers remain unchanged throughout a keyboard's lifetime, and in modern use, have a one-to-many relationship to possible SMU part numbers. MFI numbers are generally only seen on packing lists and documentations, rather than on keyboards. |
3AA02285000 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
"Model M-e" 67-Key MPOS Keyboard |
| NicknameNickname A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy. |
M7-e |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Toshiba TEC |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type) |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2020 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Iron Grey |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
None |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
None |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 Or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
67 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Functional keypad |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Assembled at factory model |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
3AA01201100 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
3AC00612300 |
| MFI NumberMFI Number A machine feature index (MFI) number (also known as a Feature Bill of Material (FBM) number, top bill, or top part number) is a number that connects a keyboard or keyboard part to a some sort of feature code system. MFI numbers remain unchanged throughout a keyboard's lifetime, and in modern use, have a one-to-many relationship to possible SMU part numbers. MFI numbers are generally only seen on packing lists and documentations, rather than on keyboards. |
7431226 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
2255 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
"Model M-e" MCANPOS Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Toshiba TEC |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type) |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2020 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Iron Grey |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
None |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
None |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 Or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
134 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Brazilian Portuguese |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
POS Glide Pad & pointer/two-button Varatouch & touchpad module |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
UWZBP4A |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Model M SpaceSaver Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Unicomp |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
IBM membrane buckling springs |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2013 Q3 |
| Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique. |
PBT with dye-sublimated legends |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Unicomp logo across lock-light LEDs overlay |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
104 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
US ANSI |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Comes with all-white large font keycaps |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
3AA01200900 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
3AC00612100 |
| MFI NumberMFI Number A machine feature index (MFI) number (also known as a Feature Bill of Material (FBM) number, top bill, or top part number) is a number that connects a keyboard or keyboard part to a some sort of feature code system. MFI numbers remain unchanged throughout a keyboard's lifetime, and in modern use, have a one-to-many relationship to possible SMU part numbers. MFI numbers are generally only seen on packing lists and documentations, rather than on keyboards. |
7431224 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
2256 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
"Model M-e" MCANPOS Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Toshiba TEC |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type) |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2020 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Iron Grey |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
None |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
None |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 Or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
134 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
German |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
POS Glide Pad & pointer/two-button Varatouch & touchpad module |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
3AA01200800 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
3AC00612000 |
| MFI NumberMFI Number A machine feature index (MFI) number (also known as a Feature Bill of Material (FBM) number, top bill, or top part number) is a number that connects a keyboard or keyboard part to a some sort of feature code system. MFI numbers remain unchanged throughout a keyboard's lifetime, and in modern use, have a one-to-many relationship to possible SMU part numbers. MFI numbers are generally only seen on packing lists and documentations, rather than on keyboards. |
7431223 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
2252 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
"Model M-e" MCANPOS Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Toshiba TEC |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type) |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2020 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Iron Grey |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
None |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
None |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 Or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
134 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
French |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
POS Glide Pad & pointer/two-button Varatouch & touchpad module |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
3AA01200700 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
3AC00611900 |
| MFI NumberMFI Number A machine feature index (MFI) number (also known as a Feature Bill of Material (FBM) number, top bill, or top part number) is a number that connects a keyboard or keyboard part to a some sort of feature code system. MFI numbers remain unchanged throughout a keyboard's lifetime, and in modern use, have a one-to-many relationship to possible SMU part numbers. MFI numbers are generally only seen on packing lists and documentations, rather than on keyboards. |
7431222 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
2251 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
"Model M-e" MCANPOS Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Toshiba TEC |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type) |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2020 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Iron Grey |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
None |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
None |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 Or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
134 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
UK English |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
POS Glide Pad & pointer/two-button Varatouch & touchpad module |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
3AA01200600 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
3AC00611800 |
| MFI NumberMFI Number A machine feature index (MFI) number (also known as a Feature Bill of Material (FBM) number, top bill, or top part number) is a number that connects a keyboard or keyboard part to a some sort of feature code system. MFI numbers remain unchanged throughout a keyboard's lifetime, and in modern use, have a one-to-many relationship to possible SMU part numbers. MFI numbers are generally only seen on packing lists and documentations, rather than on keyboards. |
7431221 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
2254 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
"Model M-e" MCANPOS Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Toshiba TEC |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type) |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2020 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Iron Grey |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
None |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
None |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 Or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
134 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Spanish |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
POS Glide Pad & pointer/two-button Varatouch & touchpad module |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
3AA01200500 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
3AC00611700 |
| MFI NumberMFI Number A machine feature index (MFI) number (also known as a Feature Bill of Material (FBM) number, top bill, or top part number) is a number that connects a keyboard or keyboard part to a some sort of feature code system. MFI numbers remain unchanged throughout a keyboard's lifetime, and in modern use, have a one-to-many relationship to possible SMU part numbers. MFI numbers are generally only seen on packing lists and documentations, rather than on keyboards. |
7431220 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
2250 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
"Model M-e" MCANPOS Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Toshiba TEC |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type) |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2020 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Iron Grey |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
None |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
None |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 Or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
133 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
US English |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
POS Glide Pad & pointer/two-button Varatouch & touchpad module |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
3AA02290600 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
3AC00986800 |
| MFI NumberMFI Number A machine feature index (MFI) number (also known as a Feature Bill of Material (FBM) number, top bill, or top part number) is a number that connects a keyboard or keyboard part to a some sort of feature code system. MFI numbers remain unchanged throughout a keyboard's lifetime, and in modern use, have a one-to-many relationship to possible SMU part numbers. MFI numbers are generally only seen on packing lists and documentations, rather than on keyboards. |
3AA02289700 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
2295 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
"Model M-e" MANPOS Keyboard |
| NicknameNickname A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy. |
M9-e |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Toshiba TEC |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type) |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2020 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
None |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
None |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 Or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
117 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
UK English |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
3AA02290500 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
3AC00986700 |
| MFI NumberMFI Number A machine feature index (MFI) number (also known as a Feature Bill of Material (FBM) number, top bill, or top part number) is a number that connects a keyboard or keyboard part to a some sort of feature code system. MFI numbers remain unchanged throughout a keyboard's lifetime, and in modern use, have a one-to-many relationship to possible SMU part numbers. MFI numbers are generally only seen on packing lists and documentations, rather than on keyboards. |
3AA02289600 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
2293 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
"Model M-e" MANPOS Keyboard |
| NicknameNickname A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy. |
M9-e |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Toshiba TEC |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type) |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2020 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
None |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
None |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 Or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
117 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
French |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
3AA02290400 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
3AC00986600 |
| MFI NumberMFI Number A machine feature index (MFI) number (also known as a Feature Bill of Material (FBM) number, top bill, or top part number) is a number that connects a keyboard or keyboard part to a some sort of feature code system. MFI numbers remain unchanged throughout a keyboard's lifetime, and in modern use, have a one-to-many relationship to possible SMU part numbers. MFI numbers are generally only seen on packing lists and documentations, rather than on keyboards. |
3AA02289700 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
2289 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
"Model M-e" MANPOS Keyboard |
| NicknameNickname A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy. |
M9-e |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Toshiba TEC |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type) |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2020 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
None |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
None |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 Or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
117 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
German |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
3AA02286500 |
| MFI NumberMFI Number A machine feature index (MFI) number (also known as a Feature Bill of Material (FBM) number, top bill, or top part number) is a number that connects a keyboard or keyboard part to a some sort of feature code system. MFI numbers remain unchanged throughout a keyboard's lifetime, and in modern use, have a one-to-many relationship to possible SMU part numbers. MFI numbers are generally only seen on packing lists and documentations, rather than on keyboards. |
3AA02284900 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
"Model M-e" 67-Key MPOS Keyboard |
| NicknameNickname A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy. |
M7-e |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Toshiba TEC |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type) |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2020 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
None |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
None |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 Or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
67 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Functional keypad |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Assembled at factory model |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
3AA01202800 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
3AC00613000 |
| MFI NumberMFI Number A machine feature index (MFI) number (also known as a Feature Bill of Material (FBM) number, top bill, or top part number) is a number that connects a keyboard or keyboard part to a some sort of feature code system. MFI numbers remain unchanged throughout a keyboard's lifetime, and in modern use, have a one-to-many relationship to possible SMU part numbers. MFI numbers are generally only seen on packing lists and documentations, rather than on keyboards. |
7431235 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
2240 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
"Model M-e" 67-Key MPOS LCD Keyboard |
| NicknameNickname A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy. |
M8-e |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Toshiba TEC |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type) |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2020 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Iron Grey |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
None |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
None |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 Or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
67 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Functional keypad |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
02K0841 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KB-7953 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Misc. Keyboard |
| Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops. |
IBM 6272 PC 300GL IBM 6275 PC 300GL IBM 6282 PC 300GL IBM 6285 PC 300GL IBM 6561 PC 300GL IBM 6561 PC 300GL IBM 6591 PC 300GL IBM 6862 PC 300PL IBM 6892 PC 300PL |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Pearl White |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
White straightened-style fixed dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
105 |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
UK ISO |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Alternatively known as the IBM PC NEXT Keyboard |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700 Series and IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-18) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
33L1158 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
33L1158 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KB-3923 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Chicony KB-5923 Derived Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Grey straightened-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Arabic |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Rebranded Chicony KB-5923 keyboard, has a three-way cable router |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700 Series and IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-18) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
02K0842 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KB-7953 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Misc. Keyboard |
| Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops. |
IBM 6272 PC 300GL IBM 6275 PC 300GL IBM 6282 PC 300GL IBM 6285 PC 300GL IBM 6561 PC 300GL IBM 6561 PC 300GL IBM 6591 PC 300GL IBM 6862 PC 300PL IBM 6892 PC 300PL |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Pearl White |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
White straightened-style fixed dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Yugoslavia |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Alternatively known as the IBM PC NEXT Keyboard |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700 Series and IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-18) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
02K0843 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KB-7953 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Misc. Keyboard |
| Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops. |
IBM 6272 PC 300GL IBM 6275 PC 300GL IBM 6282 PC 300GL IBM 6285 PC 300GL IBM 6561 PC 300GL IBM 6561 PC 300GL IBM 6591 PC 300GL IBM 6862 PC 300PL IBM 6892 PC 300PL |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Pearl White |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
White straightened-style fixed dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
UK English (ISO Compliant) |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Alternatively known as the IBM PC NEXT Keyboard |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700 Series and IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-18) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
02K0844 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
02K0844 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KB-7953 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Misc. Keyboard |
| Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops. |
IBM 6272 PC 300GL IBM 6275 PC 300GL IBM 6282 PC 300GL IBM 6285 PC 300GL IBM 6561 PC 300GL IBM 6561 PC 300GL IBM 6591 PC 300GL IBM 6862 PC 300PL IBM 6892 PC 300PL |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Pearl White |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
White straightened-style fixed dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
109 |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Japan JIS |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Alternatively known as the IBM PC NEXT Keyboard |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700 Series and IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-18) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
02K0845 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KB-7953 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Misc. Keyboard |
| Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops. |
IBM 6272 PC 300GL IBM 6275 PC 300GL IBM 6282 PC 300GL IBM 6285 PC 300GL IBM 6561 PC 300GL IBM 6561 PC 300GL IBM 6591 PC 300GL IBM 6862 PC 300PL IBM 6892 PC 300PL |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Pearl White |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
White straightened-style fixed dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Chinese |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Alternatively known as the IBM PC NEXT Keyboard |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700 Series and IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-18) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
02K0847 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KB-7953 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Misc. Keyboard |
| Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops. |
IBM 6272 PC 300GL IBM 6275 PC 300GL IBM 6282 PC 300GL IBM 6285 PC 300GL IBM 6561 PC 300GL IBM 6561 PC 300GL IBM 6591 PC 300GL IBM 6862 PC 300PL IBM 6892 PC 300PL |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Pearl White |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
White straightened-style fixed dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Thailand |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Alternatively known as the IBM PC NEXT Keyboard |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700 Series and IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-18) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
28L3583 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KB-7953 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Misc. Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Pearl White |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
White straightened-style fixed dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
104 |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
US ANSI |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Alternatively known as the IBM PC NEXT Keyboard, used for Little Tikes' Young Explorer PC |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700 Series and IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-18) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
33L1154 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
33L1154 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KB-3923 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Chicony KB-5923 Derived Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Grey straightened-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
US English |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Rebranded Chicony KB-5923 keyboard, has a three-way cable router |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700 Series and IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-18) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
33L1155 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
33L1155 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KB-3923 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Chicony KB-5923 Derived Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Grey straightened-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
French/Canadian-ID 058 |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Rebranded Chicony KB-5923 keyboard, has a three-way cable router |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700 Series and IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-18) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
33L1156 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
33L1156 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KB-3923 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Chicony KB-5923 Derived Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Grey straightened-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Latin/Spanish |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Rebranded Chicony KB-5923 keyboard, has a three-way cable router |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700 Series and IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-18) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
33L1157 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
33L1157 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KB-3923 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Chicony KB-5923 Derived Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Grey straightened-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Brazil/Portugal |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Rebranded Chicony KB-5923 keyboard, has a three-way cable router |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700 Series and IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-18) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
33L1159 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
33L1159 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KB-3923 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Chicony KB-5923 Derived Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Grey straightened-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Belgian-French |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Rebranded Chicony KB-5923 keyboard, has a three-way cable router |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700 Series and IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-18) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
3AA01203000 |
| MFI NumberMFI Number A machine feature index (MFI) number (also known as a Feature Bill of Material (FBM) number, top bill, or top part number) is a number that connects a keyboard or keyboard part to a some sort of feature code system. MFI numbers remain unchanged throughout a keyboard's lifetime, and in modern use, have a one-to-many relationship to possible SMU part numbers. MFI numbers are generally only seen on packing lists and documentations, rather than on keyboards. |
3AA02289000 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
"Model M-e" 67-Key MPOS LCD Keyboard |
| NicknameNickname A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy. |
M8-e |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Toshiba TEC |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type) |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2020 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Iron Grey |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
None |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
None |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 Or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
67 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Functional keypad |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Assembled at factory model |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
33L1160 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
33L1160 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KB-3923 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Chicony KB-5923 Derived Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Grey straightened-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Belgian-UK |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Rebranded Chicony KB-5923 keyboard, has a three-way cable router |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700 Series and IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-18) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
33L1161 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
33L1161 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KB-3923 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Chicony KB-5923 Derived Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Grey straightened-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Bulgarian |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Rebranded Chicony KB-5923 keyboard, has a three-way cable router |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700 Series and IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-18) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
31P9304 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
02R0429 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8835 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8835 ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2003 Q1 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo Or Old Lenovo logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
US Euro |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, also branded as either Lenovo USB Keyboard with UltraNav, Lenovo UltraNav Fullsize USB Keyboard (Japan only) or Lenovo ThinkPad Full-Size UltraNav USB Keyboard since 2005, exclusively branded as a Lenovo product from October 2014, alternative FRU number is 41A5159 |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
33L1162 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
33L1162 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KB-3923 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Chicony KB-5923 Derived Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Grey straightened-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Czech |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Rebranded Chicony KB-5923 keyboard, has a three-way cable router |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700 Series and IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-18) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
33L1163 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
33L1163 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KB-3923 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Chicony KB-5923 Derived Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Grey straightened-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Danish |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Rebranded Chicony KB-5923 keyboard, has a three-way cable router |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, 700 Series and IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-18) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
13G2127 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
"Model M9-e" PS/2 ANPOS Keyboard |
| NicknameNickname A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy. |
M9-e |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
XAC |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type) |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2004 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Pearl White/Storm Grey |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
IBM black oval badge |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
None |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
116 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
US English |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
POS pointer (Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick) |
| Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc. |
Key-lock Magnetic stripe reader |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
31P9490 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
02R0430 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8840/SK-8845/SK-8845RC ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2004 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
85 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
US English |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Web: https://web.archive.org/web/20041206130257/http://www-307.ibm.com/pc/support/site.wss/document.do?lndocid=MIGR-45850 |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
31P9491 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
02R0431 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8840/SK-8845/SK-8845RC ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2004 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
86 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
French/Canadian |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Web: https://web.archive.org/web/20041206130257/http://www-307.ibm.com/pc/support/site.wss/document.do?lndocid=MIGR-45850 |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
31P9492 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
02R0432 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8840/SK-8845/SK-8845RC ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2004 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
86 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
German |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Web: https://web.archive.org/web/20041206130257/http://www-307.ibm.com/pc/support/site.wss/document.do?lndocid=MIGR-45850 |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
3AA02286800 |
| MFI NumberMFI Number A machine feature index (MFI) number (also known as a Feature Bill of Material (FBM) number, top bill, or top part number) is a number that connects a keyboard or keyboard part to a some sort of feature code system. MFI numbers remain unchanged throughout a keyboard's lifetime, and in modern use, have a one-to-many relationship to possible SMU part numbers. MFI numbers are generally only seen on packing lists and documentations, rather than on keyboards. |
3AA02285200 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
"Model M-e" 67-Key MPOS LCD Keyboard |
| NicknameNickname A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy. |
M8-e |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Toshiba TEC |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type) |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2020 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
None |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
None |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 Or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
67 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Functional keypad |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Assembled at factory model |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
3AA02286700 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
3AC00986400 |
| MFI NumberMFI Number A machine feature index (MFI) number (also known as a Feature Bill of Material (FBM) number, top bill, or top part number) is a number that connects a keyboard or keyboard part to a some sort of feature code system. MFI numbers remain unchanged throughout a keyboard's lifetime, and in modern use, have a one-to-many relationship to possible SMU part numbers. MFI numbers are generally only seen on packing lists and documentations, rather than on keyboards. |
3AA02285100 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
2241 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
"Model M-e" 67-Key MPOS LCD Keyboard |
| NicknameNickname A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy. |
M8-e |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Toshiba TEC |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type) |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2020 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
None |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
None |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 Or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
67 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Functional keypad |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
28L3643 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
84G6279 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Model M4-1 Space Saver TrackPoint II Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Unicomp |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M3/M4 rod-actuated type) |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1998 Q3 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
IBM black oval badge |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Rubberised single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black coiled-style detachable 6-pin SDL to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
85 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
DE ISO |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
TrackPoint II strain gauge pointing stick |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Designed for use with the IBM Netfinity Rack Keyboard Tray (P/N 28L4707) |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Space Saver Keyboard - Product Overview (#VLAR-3Z5GNH) [source: kev009] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
UNI0PGA |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Model M EnduraPro Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Unicomp |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
IBM membrane buckling springs |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2013 Q3 |
| Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique. |
PBT with dye-sublimated legends |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Pearl White |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Unicomp logo across lock-light LEDs overlay |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
White straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
104 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
US ANSI |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
"Lexmark-Unicomp" FSR pointing stick |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
UNIZPHA |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Model M SpaceSaver Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Unicomp |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
IBM membrane buckling springs |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2013 Q3 |
| Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique. |
PBT with dye-sublimated legends |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Pearl White |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Unicomp logo across lock-light LEDs overlay |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
White straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
104 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
US ANSI |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
macOS variant of the Unicomp Ultra Classic |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
40K5390 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845RC |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8840/SK-8845/SK-8845RC ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2010 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Polish 214 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, also called the IBM USB Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device, known to be a part of the IBM 1U 17-Inch and 19-inch Flat-Panel Monitor Console Kits with feature code 8678 |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM 1U 17-inch and 19-inch Flat Panel Console Kits Product Guide (#TIPS0731) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
40K5399 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845RC |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8840/SK-8845/SK-8845RC ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2010 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
85 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
UK English 166 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, also called the IBM USB Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device, known to be a part of the IBM 1U 17-Inch and 19-inch Flat-Panel Monitor Console Kits with feature code 8687 |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM 1U 17-inch and 19-inch Flat Panel Console Kits Product Guide (#TIPS0731) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
40K5398 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845RC |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8840/SK-8845/SK-8845RC ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2010 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Turkish 179 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, also called the IBM USB Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device, known to be a part of the IBM 1U 17-Inch and 19-inch Flat-Panel Monitor Console Kits with feature code 8686 |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM 1U 17-inch and 19-inch Flat Panel Console Kits Product Guide (#TIPS0731) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
40K5397 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845RC |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8840/SK-8845/SK-8845RC ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2010 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Thai 191 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, also called the IBM USB Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device, known to be a part of the IBM 1U 17-Inch and 19-inch Flat-Panel Monitor Console Kits with feature code 8685 |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM 1U 17-inch and 19-inch Flat Panel Console Kits Product Guide (#TIPS0731) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
40K5396 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845RC |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8840/SK-8845/SK-8845RC ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2010 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Swiss French/German 150 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, also called the IBM USB Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device, known to be a part of the IBM 1U 17-Inch and 19-inch Flat-Panel Monitor Console Kits with feature code 8684 |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM 1U 17-inch and 19-inch Flat Panel Console Kits Product Guide (#TIPS0731) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
40K5395 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845RC |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8840/SK-8845/SK-8845RC ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2010 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Swedish/Finnish 153 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, also called the IBM USB Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device, known to be a part of the IBM 1U 17-Inch and 19-inch Flat-Panel Monitor Console Kits with feature code 8683 |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM 1U 17-inch and 19-inch Flat Panel Console Kits Product Guide (#TIPS0731) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
40K5394 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845RC |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8840/SK-8845/SK-8845RC ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2010 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Spanish 172 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, also called the IBM USB Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device, known to be a part of the IBM 1U 17-Inch and 19-inch Flat-Panel Monitor Console Kits with feature code 8682 |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM 1U 17-inch and 19-inch Flat Panel Console Kits Product Guide (#TIPS0731) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
40K5393 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845RC |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8840/SK-8845/SK-8845RC ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2010 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Slovak 245 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, also called the IBM USB Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device, known to be a part of the IBM 1U 17-Inch and 19-inch Flat-Panel Monitor Console Kits with feature code 8681 |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM 1U 17-inch and 19-inch Flat Panel Console Kits Product Guide (#TIPS0731) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
40K5392 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845RC |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8840/SK-8845/SK-8845RC ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2010 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Russian Cyrillic 441 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, also called the IBM USB Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device, known to be a part of the IBM 1U 17-Inch and 19-inch Flat-Panel Monitor Console Kits with feature code 8680 |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM 1U 17-inch and 19-inch Flat Panel Console Kits Product Guide (#TIPS0731) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
40K5391 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845RC |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8840/SK-8845/SK-8845RC ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2010 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Portuguese 163 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, also called the IBM USB Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device, known to be a part of the IBM 1U 17-Inch and 19-inch Flat-Panel Monitor Console Kits with feature code 8679 |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM 1U 17-inch and 19-inch Flat Panel Console Kits Product Guide (#TIPS0731) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
09N5547 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
09N5547 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KU-9990 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Misc. Keypad |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
IBM misc. scissor-stabilised rubber domes (misc. OEM) |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2002 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
IBM tricolour logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
17 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Keypad |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
ASK: SNKB-O2002-KP-17 |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
40K5389 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845RC |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8840/SK-8845/SK-8845RC ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2010 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Norwegian 155 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, also called the IBM USB Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device, known to be a part of the IBM 1U 17-Inch and 19-inch Flat-Panel Monitor Console Kits with feature code 8677 |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM 1U 17-inch and 19-inch Flat Panel Console Kits Product Guide (#TIPS0731) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
40K5401 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845RC |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8840/SK-8845/SK-8845RC ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2010 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Slovenian |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, also called the IBM USB Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device, known to be a part of the IBM 1U 17-Inch and 19-inch Flat-Panel Monitor Console Kits with feature code 8689 |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM 1U 17-inch and 19-inch Flat Panel Console Kits Product Guide (#TIPS0731) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
40K5388 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845RC |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8840/SK-8845/SK-8845RC ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2010 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
LA Spanish 171 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, also called the IBM USB Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device, known to be a part of the IBM 1U 17-Inch and 19-inch Flat-Panel Monitor Console Kits with feature code 8676 |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM 1U 17-inch and 19-inch Flat Panel Console Kits Product Guide (#TIPS0731) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
40K5387 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845RC |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8840/SK-8845/SK-8845RC ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2010 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Korean 413 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, also called the IBM USB Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device, known to be a part of the IBM 1U 17-Inch and 19-inch Flat-Panel Monitor Console Kits with feature code 8675 |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM 1U 17-inch and 19-inch Flat Panel Console Kits Product Guide (#TIPS0731) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
40K5386 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845RC |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8840/SK-8845/SK-8845RC ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2010 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Japanese 194 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, also called the IBM USB Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device, known to be a part of the IBM 1U 17-Inch and 19-inch Flat-Panel Monitor Console Kits with feature code 8674 |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM 1U 17-inch and 19-inch Flat Panel Console Kits Product Guide (#TIPS0731) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
40K5385 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845RC |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8840/SK-8845/SK-8845RC ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2010 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Italian 141 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, also called the IBM USB Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device, known to be a part of the IBM 1U 17-Inch and 19-inch Flat-Panel Monitor Console Kits with feature code 8673 |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM 1U 17-inch and 19-inch Flat Panel Console Kits Product Guide (#TIPS0731) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
40K5384 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845RC |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8840/SK-8845/SK-8845RC ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2010 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Hungarian 208 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, also called the IBM USB Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device, known to be a part of the IBM 1U 17-Inch and 19-inch Flat-Panel Monitor Console Kits with feature code 8672 |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM 1U 17-inch and 19-inch Flat Panel Console Kits Product Guide (#TIPS0731) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
40K5383 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845RC |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8840/SK-8845/SK-8845RC ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2010 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Hebrew 212 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, also called the IBM USB Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device, known to be a part of the IBM 1U 17-Inch and 19-inch Flat-Panel Monitor Console Kits with feature code 8671 |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM 1U 17-inch and 19-inch Flat Panel Console Kits Product Guide (#TIPS0731) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
40K5382 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845RC |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8840/SK-8845/SK-8845RC ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2010 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Greek 219 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, also called the IBM USB Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device, known to be a part of the IBM 1U 17-Inch and 19-inch Flat-Panel Monitor Console Kits with feature code 8670 |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM 1U 17-inch and 19-inch Flat Panel Console Kits Product Guide (#TIPS0731) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
40K5381 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845RC |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8840/SK-8845/SK-8845RC ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2010 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
German 129 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, also called the IBM USB Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device, known to be a part of the IBM 1U 17-Inch and 19-inch Flat-Panel Monitor Console Kits with feature code 8669 |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM 1U 17-inch and 19-inch Flat Panel Console Kits Product Guide (#TIPS0731) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
40K5380 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845RC |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8840/SK-8845/SK-8845RC ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2010 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
French/Canadian 445 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, also called the IBM USB Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device, known to be a part of the IBM 1U 17-Inch and 19-inch Flat-Panel Monitor Console Kits with feature code 8668 |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM 1U 17-inch and 19-inch Flat Panel Console Kits Product Guide (#TIPS0731) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
40K5379 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845RC |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8840/SK-8845/SK-8845RC ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2010 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
French 189 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, also called the IBM USB Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device, known to be a part of the IBM 1U 17-Inch and 19-inch Flat-Panel Monitor Console Kits with feature code 8667 |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM 1U 17-inch and 19-inch Flat Panel Console Kits Product Guide (#TIPS0731) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
40K5400 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845RC |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8840/SK-8845/SK-8845RC ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2010 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
US Euro 103P |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, also called the IBM USB Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device, known to be a part of the IBM 1U 17-Inch and 19-inch Flat-Panel Monitor Console Kits with feature code 8688 |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM 1U 17-inch and 19-inch Flat Panel Console Kits Product Guide (#TIPS0731) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
40K9400 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
40K5372 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845RC |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8840/SK-8845/SK-8845RC ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2010 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
84 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
US English 103P |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, also called the IBM USB Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device, known to be a part of the IBM 1U 17-Inch and 19-inch Flat-Panel Monitor Console Kits with feature code 8660 |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM 1U 17-inch and 19-inch Flat Panel Console Kits Product Guide (#TIPS0731) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
40K5377 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845RC |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8840/SK-8845/SK-8845RC ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2010 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Danish 159 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, also called the IBM USB Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device, known to be a part of the IBM 1U 17-Inch and 19-inch Flat-Panel Monitor Console Kits with feature code 8665 |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM 1U 17-inch and 19-inch Flat Panel Console Kits Product Guide (#TIPS0731) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
94Y6188 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
94Y6117 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845RC |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8840/SK-8845/SK-8845RC ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2012 Q2 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
German 129 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, known to be used with IBM System x servers |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: Overview - IBM Ultra-Nav Keyboards for IBM System x (#807782) [source: IBM] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
37L2644 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
37L2644 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KUM6323 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Chicony KB-5923 Derived Keyboard |
| Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops. |
IBM NetVista N2200-series Thin Client IBM NetVista N2800-series Thin Client |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1999 Q3 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
101 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
US English |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Network Station Series 2800 for V2R1 Marketing Announcement (#AA99-3102) [source: IBM] Doc: IBM Network Station Series 2200 Hardware Announcement (#AG99-0296) [source: IBM] Doc: IBM NetVista Thin Client N2200 Thin Client Reference July 2000 (#SA23-2804-00) [source: IBM] Web: https://fccid.io/E-C012-01-0841 |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
37L2645 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
37L2645 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KUM6323 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Chicony KB-5923 Derived Keyboard |
| Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops. |
IBM NetVista N2200-series Thin Client IBM NetVista N2800-series Thin Client |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1999 Q3 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
102 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
French Canadian |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Network Station Series 2800 for V2R1 Marketing Announcement (#AA99-3102) [source: IBM] Doc: IBM Network Station Series 2200 Hardware Announcement (#AG99-0296) [source: IBM] Doc: IBM NetVista Thin Client N2200 Thin Client Reference July 2000 (#SA23-2804-00) [source: IBM] Web: https://fccid.io/E-C012-01-0841 |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
94Y6192 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
94Y6121 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845RC |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8840/SK-8845/SK-8845RC ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2012 Q2 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Italy/Italian 141 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, known to be used with IBM System x servers |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: Overview - IBM Ultra-Nav Keyboards for IBM System x (#807782) [source: IBM] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
37L2646 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
37L2646 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KUM6323 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Chicony KB-5923 Derived Keyboard |
| Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops. |
IBM NetVista N2200-series Thin Client IBM NetVista N2800-series Thin Client |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1999 Q3 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
102 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Canadian French |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Network Station Series 2800 for V2R1 Marketing Announcement (#AA99-3102) [source: IBM] Doc: IBM Network Station Series 2200 Hardware Announcement (#AG99-0296) [source: IBM] Doc: IBM NetVista Thin Client N2200 Thin Client Reference July 2000 (#SA23-2804-00) [source: IBM] Web: https://fccid.io/E-C012-01-0841 |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
94Y6191 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
94Y6120 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845RC |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8840/SK-8845/SK-8845RC ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2012 Q2 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Hungarian 208 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, known to be used with IBM System x servers |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: Overview - IBM Ultra-Nav Keyboards for IBM System x (#807782) [source: IBM] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
37L2647 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
37L2647 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KUM6323 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Chicony KB-5923 Derived Keyboard |
| Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops. |
IBM NetVista N2200-series Thin Client IBM NetVista N2800-series Thin Client |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1999 Q3 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
102 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Latin America (Spanish) |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Network Station Series 2800 for V2R1 Marketing Announcement (#AA99-3102) [source: IBM] Doc: IBM Network Station Series 2200 Hardware Announcement (#AG99-0296) [source: IBM] Doc: IBM NetVista Thin Client N2200 Thin Client Reference July 2000 (#SA23-2804-00) [source: IBM] Web: https://fccid.io/E-C012-01-0841 |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
37L2648 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
37L2648 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KUM6323 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Chicony KB-5923 Derived Keyboard |
| Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops. |
IBM NetVista N2200-series Thin Client IBM NetVista N2800-series Thin Client |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1999 Q3 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Brazilian Portuguese |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Network Station Series 2800 for V2R1 Marketing Announcement (#AA99-3102) [source: IBM] Doc: IBM Network Station Series 2200 Hardware Announcement (#AG99-0296) [source: IBM] Doc: IBM NetVista Thin Client N2200 Thin Client Reference July 2000 (#SA23-2804-00) [source: IBM] Web: https://fccid.io/E-C012-01-0841 |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
37L2651 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
37L2651 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
KUM6323 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Chicony KB-5923 Derived Keyboard |
| Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops. |
IBM NetVista N2200-series Thin Client IBM NetVista N2800-series Thin Client |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Chicony |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
1999 Q3 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Belgian UK |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM Network Station Series 2800 for V2R1 Marketing Announcement (#AA99-3102) [source: IBM] Doc: IBM Network Station Series 2200 Hardware Announcement (#AG99-0296) [source: IBM] Doc: IBM NetVista Thin Client N2200 Thin Client Reference July 2000 (#SA23-2804-00) [source: IBM] Web: https://fccid.io/E-C012-01-0841 |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
94Y6190 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
94Y6119 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845RC |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8840/SK-8845/SK-8845RC ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2012 Q2 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Hebrew 212 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, known to be used with IBM System x servers |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: Overview - IBM Ultra-Nav Keyboards for IBM System x (#807782) [source: IBM] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
94Y6189 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
94Y6118 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845RC |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8840/SK-8845/SK-8845RC ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2012 Q2 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Greek 219 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, known to be used with IBM System x servers |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: Overview - IBM Ultra-Nav Keyboards for IBM System x (#807782) [source: IBM] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
94Y6187 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
94Y6116 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845RC |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8840/SK-8845/SK-8845RC ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2012 Q2 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
French/Canada 445 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, known to be used with IBM System x servers |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: Overview - IBM Ultra-Nav Keyboards for IBM System x (#807782) [source: IBM] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
40K9414 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
40K9414 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845RC |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8840/SK-8845/SK-8845RC ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2010 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Japanese JIS |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
ASK: SNKB-T2010-UNU-90 |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
94Y6186 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
94Y6115 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845RC |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8840/SK-8845/SK-8845RC ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2012 Q2 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
French 189 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, known to be used with IBM System x servers |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: Overview - IBM Ultra-Nav Keyboards for IBM System x (#807782) [source: IBM] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
94Y6185 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
94Y6114 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845RC |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8840/SK-8845/SK-8845RC ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2012 Q2 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Dutch 143 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, known to be used with IBM System x servers |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: Overview - IBM Ultra-Nav Keyboards for IBM System x (#807782) [source: IBM] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
94Y6184 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
94Y6113 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845RC |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8840/SK-8845/SK-8845RC ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2012 Q2 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Danish 159 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, known to be used with IBM System x servers |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: Overview - IBM Ultra-Nav Keyboards for IBM System x (#807782) [source: IBM] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
94Y6183 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
94Y6112 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845RC |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8840/SK-8845/SK-8845RC ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2012 Q2 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Czech 489 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, known to be used with IBM System x servers |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: Overview - IBM Ultra-Nav Keyboards for IBM System x (#807782) [source: IBM] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
94Y6182 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
94Y6111 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845RC |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8840/SK-8845/SK-8845RC ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2012 Q2 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Chinese/US 467 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, known to be used with IBM System x servers |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: Overview - IBM Ultra-Nav Keyboards for IBM System x (#807782) [source: IBM] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
94Y6181 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
94Y6110 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845RC |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8840/SK-8845/SK-8845RC ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2012 Q2 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Belgium/UK 120 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, known to be used with IBM System x servers |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: Overview - IBM Ultra-Nav Keyboards for IBM System x (#807782) [source: IBM] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
94Y6180 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
94Y6109 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845RC |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8840/SK-8845/SK-8845RC ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2012 Q2 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Arabic 253 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, known to be used with IBM System x servers |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: Overview - IBM Ultra-Nav Keyboards for IBM System x (#807782) [source: IBM] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
94Y6179 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
94Y6108 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845RC |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8840/SK-8845/SK-8845RC ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2012 Q2 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
85 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
US English 103P |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, known to be used with IBM System x servers |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
ASK: SNKB-T2013-UNU-85 Doc: Overview - IBM Ultra-Nav Keyboards for IBM System x (#807782) [source: IBM] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
89P8505 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
89P8505 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8840 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8840/SK-8845/SK-8845RC ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2004 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Danish |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Known to be a part of the IBM 1U 17-Inch Flat-Panel Monitor Console Kit with option part number 73P3149 |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: Keyboard accessories - IBM 1U 17-Inch Flat-Panel Monitor Console Kit (#800692) [source: IBM] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
93Y1131 |
| SMU Part NumberSMU Part Number A shippable manufacturing unit (SMU) part number is a modern alternative to standard part numbers. Whereas main part numbers of the past have typically remained stable for a given product lifetime, SMU part numbers are intended to change more often (for example, for every given keyboard's microcode change). |
44T4142 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
65Y4071 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
"Model M-e" MCANPOS Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
IBM Retail Store Solutions |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type) |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2011 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Iron Grey |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
None |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) or USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 Or Black straightened-style detachable 6x2 IDC to Type A USB cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
133 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Full-size (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
US English |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
POS Glide Pad & pointer/two-button Varatouch & touchpad module |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Web: https://sharktastica.co.uk/archive/view?id=15979a5a7f07cabc |
| CreditsCredits A reserved special acknowledgement to anyone who has helped me with research through social media, email or via the P/N submission form for this keyboard part number. |
CoolPenguin1#5714 |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
89P8506 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
89P8506 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8840 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8840/SK-8845/SK-8845RC ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2004 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Dutch |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Known to be a part of the IBM 1U 17-Inch Flat-Panel Monitor Console Kit with option part number 73P3150 |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: Keyboard accessories - IBM 1U 17-Inch Flat-Panel Monitor Console Kit (#800692) [source: IBM] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
40K5378 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845RC |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8840/SK-8845/SK-8845RC ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2010 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Dutch 143 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, also called the IBM USB Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device, known to be a part of the IBM 1U 17-Inch and 19-inch Flat-Panel Monitor Console Kits with feature code 8666 |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM 1U 17-inch and 19-inch Flat Panel Console Kits Product Guide (#TIPS0731) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
40K5376 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845RC |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8840/SK-8845/SK-8845RC ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2010 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Czech 489 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, also called the IBM USB Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device, known to be a part of the IBM 1U 17-Inch and 19-inch Flat-Panel Monitor Console Kits with feature code 8664 |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: IBM 1U 17-inch and 19-inch Flat Panel Console Kits Product Guide (#TIPS0731) [source: Lenovo] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
94Y6193 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
94Y6122 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8845RC |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8840/SK-8845/SK-8845RC ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2012 Q2 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
USB HID |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed Type A USB cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Japanese 194 |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Has an integrated two-port USB hub, known to be used with IBM System x servers |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: Overview - IBM Ultra-Nav Keyboards for IBM System x (#807782) [source: IBM] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
89P8522 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
89P8522 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8840 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8840/SK-8845/SK-8845RC ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2004 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Spanish |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Known to be a part of the IBM 1U 17-Inch Flat-Panel Monitor Console Kit with option part number 73P3166 |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: Keyboard accessories - IBM 1U 17-Inch Flat-Panel Monitor Console Kit (#800692) [source: IBM] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
89P8513 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
89P8513 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8840 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8840/SK-8845/SK-8845RC ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2004 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Italian |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Known to be a part of the IBM 1U 17-Inch Flat-Panel Monitor Console Kit with option part number 73P3157 |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: Keyboard accessories - IBM 1U 17-Inch Flat-Panel Monitor Console Kit (#800692) [source: IBM] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
89P8514 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
89P8514 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8840 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8840/SK-8845/SK-8845RC ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2004 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Japanese |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Known to be a part of the IBM 1U 17-Inch Flat-Panel Monitor Console Kit with option part number 73P3158 |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: Keyboard accessories - IBM 1U 17-Inch Flat-Panel Monitor Console Kit (#800692) [source: IBM] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
89P8515 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
89P8515 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8840 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8840/SK-8845/SK-8845RC ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2004 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Korea |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Known to be a part of the IBM 1U 17-Inch Flat-Panel Monitor Console Kit with option part number 73P3159 |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: Keyboard accessories - IBM 1U 17-Inch Flat-Panel Monitor Console Kit (#800692) [source: IBM] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
89P8516 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
89P8516 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8840 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8840/SK-8845/SK-8845RC ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2004 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Latin American Spanish |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Known to be a part of the IBM 1U 17-Inch Flat-Panel Monitor Console Kit with option part number 73P3160 |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: Keyboard accessories - IBM 1U 17-Inch Flat-Panel Monitor Console Kit (#800692) [source: IBM] |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
98U0151 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Model M4-1 Space Saver Numeric Keypad |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Unicomp |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M3/M4 rod-actuated type) |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2000 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Pearl White |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
None |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Detachable modular-10P10C ("RJ-50") to modular-10P10C ("RJ-50") cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
17 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Keypad |
| Earliest Recorded PriceEarliest Recorded Price The earliest price, currency and year of record found for this keyboard part number. |
$30 USD in 2004 |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Web: https://web.archive.org/web/20040511024618/http://store.yahoo.com/pckeyboards/migmouswitnu.html |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
98U0154 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Model M4-1 Space Saver Numeric Keypad |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Unicomp |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M3/M4 rod-actuated type) |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2000 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
None |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Detachable modular-10P10C ("RJ-50") to modular-10P10C ("RJ-50") cable |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
17 |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Keypad |
| Earliest Recorded PriceEarliest Recorded Price The earliest price, currency and year of record found for this keyboard part number. |
$30 USD in 2004 |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Web: https://web.archive.org/web/20040511024618/http://store.yahoo.com/pckeyboards/migmouswitnu.html |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
19K1800 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8807 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
Misc. Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
Silitek |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
Unspecified, OEM-specific or misc. rubber dome implementation |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2000 |
| Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique. |
ABS with pad-printed legends |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Single-setting flip-out feet |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Infrared |
| Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had. |
87 |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
US |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
IBM I-Point |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Used with the IBM NetVista Internet Appliance, receiver built into the device, powered by four AA batteries |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
ASK: SNKB-O2000-KB-87 |
| Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc. |
89P8517 |
| FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one. |
89P8517 |
| Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU. |
SK-8840 |
| TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names. |
SK-8840/SK-8845/SK-8845RC ThinkPad-style Keyboard |
| OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it. |
LITE-ON |
| KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided. |
LITE-ON SK-8835/SK-884x type scissor-stabilised rubber domes |
| Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found. |
2004 |
| Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs. |
Raven Black/Stealth Black |
| BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time. |
Simple/generic IBM logo |
| FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised. |
Dual-setting flip-out feet |
| ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets. |
IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2) |
| ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology. |
Black straightened-style fixed dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable |
| Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor. |
Tenkeyless (compacted) |
| Layout/LanguageLayout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard. |
Norwegian |
| Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details. |
Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick & TrackPad UltraNav |
| Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know. |
Known to be a part of the IBM 1U 17-Inch Flat-Panel Monitor Console Kit with option part number 73P3161 |
| Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources. |
Doc: Keyboard accessories - IBM 1U 17-Inch Flat-Panel Monitor Console Kit (#800692) [source: IBM] |